My Little Fortress: Shadytrails

by PersonalGamer

Rating: teen
Tags: Gore, Original Character, My Little Pony: Friendship is Magic, Dark, Alternate Universe, Romance, Sex, Random, Slice of Life, Crossover
Length: 76248

Set 30 years before the founding of Dawnpick, Shadytrails is a newly-established trading outpost run by the Prestigious Confederation, one of the few merchant guilds spanning the gaps between civilizations.

Hiatus until summer break, at which point I have a time to organize material, potentially to release over time. Until then, if you wish, you can read it on the bay12forum post, which is linked later.

Thirty years before the founding Dawnpick, the world is in a relatively peaceful, if fragmented state. The ponies, griffons, zebras, diamond dogs and others live in relative isolation, trying to stay out of each others' ways. There are the few merchant guilds that span the gaps between their lands, but most find the work hard, unforgiving, and oftentimes not profitable enough to extend their reach deep into the various kingdoms.

To remedy this problem, many are seeking to set up permanent trade routes and trading posts to supply them. The Prestigious Confederacy is one such group: a large merchant organization staffed by a wide variety of creatures from many lands and seeking to bring them together in the name of economics. They have chosen several key sites, chosen the most eager of their bright eyed and bushy tailed upcoming officers, hired the needed help, and sent them on their merry way to fortune – or ruin.

This is the story of Isolde Hookbill, a young adult griffoness, and her team, set out on the road to found Shadytrails. Deep in the south, it's near enough to several old trade routes and rivers large enough to handle shipping, so it seems to be a promising site.

Will she bring fame and fortune to her employers, or will disaster strike first?

Shadytrails is a community fortress and ongoing roleplay (using the Dwarf Fortress MLP mod).

All artwork unless otherwise stated belongs to Kryptid. The fort itself is Telgin's, who has released it for use and granted me permission to post it as a story. Though currently applicable to nobody, anyone who has said they don't want to be included in the fimfiction version will not be.

It is recommended that you read this blog for background so you understand the setting, otherwise you'll be rather lost. A character list (up-to-date for the fimfiction version) for everybody's convenience can be found here.

The story will be at least one game-log update behind the actual RP to allow time for all the materials to be completed. Tagged Sex for suggestive (or potentially suggestive) moments or sentences. There will be a few dark-ish moments, and if they occur more often I'll add a dark tag. Gore is for the inevitable mention of the combat scenes, blood, etc. Things that would be expected in a fortress/settlement building game.

Published 2015-05-13 06:00:01 UTC
Last updated 2015-07-29 23:18:17 UTC

[2] Interviews and the first days.

((The following scene was written when Telgin first was planning this game. Takes place before the expedition begins.))

Patina Dream's Interview

A slim unicorn mare walks the streets of a strange city alone. Her coat is orangish-brown, her flat mane long, colored a mix of dark green highlighted by a lighter shade. Around each foreleg a bracelet of jade and gold (or at least gold plating), and on her head, pierced by her horn, a circlet of sorts, made from the same materials, she was clearly from a well off family, or at least wanted to appear as such. Her oversize ears sport a single golden earring. Her cutie mark shows a compass and square.

The little lost mare has a piece of parchment in her hoof, and overloaded saddle bags weighing her down. She looks around at the strange signs, of a strange city, then back to her paper, then back again. She wanders about for a long time, before she comes to what she believes is the correct place. She approaches the building, and after a few deep calming breathers (which do little to actually calm her nerves) she knocks a hoof against the door.

The knocks are answered by a young adult griffon with lavender feathers. He adjusts his glasses and asks, “Yes? Can I help you?”

The little pony looks up at the griffin, “Um… Are you Mr. Hookbill? I’m here about the job. Am...am I at the right place?” She timidly holds up the parchment it has a quickly scribbled note.

Go to [ADDRESS TO THIS LOCATION]

Ask for Hookbill

[DIRECTIONS]

His eyes flick down to the paper and he nods slowly. “Ah, yes. No, Ms. Hookbill is right this way.” He steps back and beckons her inside.

The little mare enters, “Ms. …? Oh...yes...”

She proceeds to follow the griffin or go wherever he instructs her to go.

Back inside, he leads her past a small waiting area to some back offices. He knocks at a door and pokes his head inside. “Ms. Hookbill? You have another interviewee.”

“Alright, send them in.”

He steps back and waves her over. “You can go on in.”

The unicorn mare enters the office, looking around, she then locks her gaze on the griffin, “H..hello Ms. Hookbill, my name is Patina Dreams, it is very nice to meet you.”

On the far side of the desk is a young griffoness with peach colored feathers and dull red fur. She wears little aside from a simple silver chain necklace, and a wide banded silver bracelet on her right foreleg. Though she’s dressed in a fairly mundane fashion, the office sports a few luxuries, including what appear to be antique griffon hand weapons on the wall, maps and a rack of scrolls. The griffon smiles warmly and stands to offer her claw for a shake. “Hello Patina. I see you’re following up on our little offer?”

Patina Dreams nods, offering her hoof to be shaken by the claw, “Y..yes. I… I am very interested in working for you, if you will have me, Mist… Miss Hookbill.” Despite her stuttering her words sound rehearsed.

“Very good, glad to hear it,” Isolde says as she lets go of the pony’s hoof and returns to her seat. “Have a seat then and let’s talk about that. What sorts of skills might you be bringing along on our little expedition?”

Patina slides her heavy saddlebags down off her back onto the floor, before taking a seat on her side of the desk, “Um… Well… I… uh… I’ve studied architecture at King Saddle University in Saddle Arabia. So… I can certainly help with setting up your structures… but, um… mostly, I think of myself as… as an artist. I can work with stone, or metal, and make whatever you need, functional or decorative. Tools, chains, nails, any sort of craft you might want or need. Given the resources, I can make it.”

“Oh, an artist? I can appreciate fine art when I see it.” Isolde adjusts a finely detailed glass paperweight on her desk. “As you might appreciate, we’ll have a bit more use for architecture upfront of course, but there’s nothing wrong with a little artistic touch to that. What do you work with? Wood? Stone?”

“For...for my art I mostly use stone or metal, preferable copper or bronze…” she blushes a bit, but uses her magic to pulls a small bronze figurine of a unicorn soldier from her bag, and set it on the desk. “Here… is a sample of what I can do…Um… but when it comes to designing buildings I can work with whatever we have… I’m not very experienced in actually putting those plans into physical structures, I’ve never really done carpentry… but I won’t shy away from hard work!”

The griffon inspects the little figurine without going so far as picking it up. “Oh, this is very nice work. We do hope to make this a profitable settlement soon, so I’m certain you’ll have plenty of work to do like this, if you’re interested. Still, architecture is going to be the big thing I’m looking for right now.” She smiles. “That’s not something you can really bring to show off in an interview of course, but can you tell me anything about the sorts of things you’ve helped with or designed?”

“Hmm, well… uh… that were actually built after? Really just houses… a shop or two… I of course studied and designed larger, more impressive structures as part of my training… but nothing that ever made it past those drawings…”

“Design work for contracts like that is a really competitive business, I know.” Isolde adjusts her feathered pony tail and says, “The good news at least is that for the immediate future we’d be needing domestic work anyway. Houses for sure, but also shops and similar buildings soon enough. A trade hub isn’t much good without all of that.”

Patina nods, "Y...yes, it's a v...very competitive industry. I...I I'm afraid my... um... references, are all in Arabic, but I ASSURE you that I can do the job. Whatever you need Miss Hookbill."

The griffon smiles and scratches her beak. “I might not be able to make too much sense of them then, but if you don’t mind I’d like to take any references you have anyway.” She digs a notepad out of a drawer and grabs a quill. “Any names or places we could check up with?”

"Uh, y...yes. Yes." She reaches for her bags with her magic, pulling out a piece of rolled up parchment and floating it to Isolde, "H... Here are list of ponies I've... I've studied or w...worked under."

The list is short, but then she is a young mare, in a career requiring a lot of education, so a lot of experience shouldn't have been expected. The locations included next to the names all are very very far away, in major cities of Saddle Arabia.

The topmost name, Golden Compass, is tied to King Saddle University.

Her interviewer jots down the references and sets her pad aside. “Alright then, we’ll see what we can do about these. In the meantime, are you going to be staying in the city? We’re probably going to have a few more takers over the next couple of days, and after that we’ll make our decisions.”

"I...I have a room at an inn here in town for a few more days at least. It...I would appreciate knowing if I get the job or not as soon as possible when the decision is made. If that is airtight with you... I'm living at the Blue Bell Inn.." Patina explains.

“Of course, I understand,” Isolde replies, jotting down the name of the inn too. “I’m not sure how many more candidates we’ll have, but we should have an answer for you soon, one way or another. The day after tomorrow at the latest, I’d imagine.”

Patina smiles softly, and bows her head, "Thank you Miss Hookbill."

The griffon reflects the smile. “And thank you for showing interest in our offer.” She leans back and asks, “So, if you have a minute and don’t mind answering, did you have any particular reason for wanting to travel out in the middle of nowhere and take these risks? You are familiar with what we’re aiming to do, right?”

Patina’s smile fades, “Oh… Yes. I… I understand what we are doing. I… I don’t know all the details, b...but we are building a new settlement somewhere… right? I… I really need this job Miss Hookbill, b...but I understand it won’t be easy.”

“That’s the big picture, yes.” Isolde points a thumb back toward the map on the wall behind her, where a number of trade routes are marked in color and where they cross is circled. “Over the last few years trade has picked up a lot on the southern trail, especially between the ponies and griffons. The company is funding new settlements near where the routes meet, hoping that we’ll be able to capitalize a bit and help out the traders at the same time. Win-win for everyone.

“Of course, it takes years to set up something like a fort or town. Years of hard work. It’s good that you’re interested and enthusiastic about it, because that’s what it’s going to take once we get out there. If you’re not put off by that or the fact that it could be a few years of relative lack of comforts and seeing your family, then we can definitely use someone like that.”

She nods, “I understand, and y...yes, I still want to work for you. If you will take me, Miss Hookbill.”

“Good. Great. Glad to hear that.” Isolde smiles again. “I hope you understand that I can’t tell you anything for sure today, but you’ll probably be hearing from us. It sounds like you know what you’re talking about, and we almost can’t have too many workers with your sorts of skills.” She lays her palms out on the desk and asks, “Was there anything else you wanted to talk about? Any questions or concerns?”

“If… If I do get the job, when will we be setting out from here?” Patina questions.

“That’s a good question, but not something we have a firm answer on yet.” Isolde thumbs through a few sheets for effect as she says, “Organizing this has a lot of unknowns in it, and we’re still waiting to hear back from one of our suppliers. In all probability it’s going to be about three weeks from now before we set out.” She grins. “But don’t worry, if we bring you on then we’ll cover any living expenses for you until then.”

Patina Dreams smiles, “Oh thank you! I was worried about that I’ve only got enough… I’m sorry, I shouldn’t talk about that Miss Hookbill, um, I… I don’t really have any other questions.”

Isolde nods and smiles back. “Alright then. Well, it was nice meeting you, Ms. Dreams. If you do have any further questions, we’ll be here, and if not, we’ll be in touch with you very soon.”

Patina stands up, and lowers her head, “Thank you Miss Hookbill, I hope to hear from you again soon.”

Patina levitates her heavy bags back onto her back, she is visibly weighed down by the weight.

Isolde stands and offers her claw again. “And thank you for stopping by. We’ll be in touch.”

Patina offers her hoof again to be shaken, “Have a good day Miss Hookbill.”

And Patina makes her way out of the office, and, she hopes, safely back to her room at the inn.

As she departs, Isolde takes her notes to her receptionist. “Egon, file this away for her, would you? If you get a chance and somehow can, maybe follow up on a few of these references.”

He takes the notes and scans them quickly. “Saddle Arabia? Hmm, I’ll see what I can do. Did she look promising?”

“She did. Unless we have three prodigies walk through the door by tomorrow I think she has the job. Go ahead and start on her paperwork for it, please.”

He slides the sheet over and grabs a quill. “Right away, ma’am.”

Patina Dream's Diary ((1 Week before departure))

I got word from ~~Ms.~~ Mistress Isolde today! She's taking me in! I still need to pack, and it'll be awhile before we set out, but this is the chance I need. I'm sorry I couldn't do better for them all, but I trust Mistress Isolde will take care of us. I do feel a bit bad about lying to her, but I'm still glad she took my word about the experience I said I had... I'm confident I can do the work, but I never did finish that internship.

Patina Dream's Diary ((Departure))

We set out today. I met the rest of the people I'll be working with from now on. Some of them seemed nice. I didn't know there would be zebra on the trip though. That one... Kiune, or Kiume, or Kumi... I don't know how it should be spelled, but he's scary... I hope I can stay out of his way!

The other zebra is a mare, she's not as scary at least... but she rhymes everything she says. I don't know how she does it... How does she think that fast? She must be really smart, or really crazy. Shooting Star said it was probably the former, since Mistress Isolde wouldn't hire a crazy pony.

Oh yeah, Shooting Star is a blue pegasus mare. She's an army scout or something I think. Carried a crossbow. I was on the far side of the wagon from that big zebra, trying to avoid his attention, and she flew down behind and startled me. We talked for awhile after that though, she's really friendly.

Patina Dream's Diary 15th Granite, 222

We arrived at our destination today. Mistress Isolde had us all get right to work. Even pitched a ~~hoof~~ claw in herself. It's so cold here though. I don't know how the others stand it. Some of them were even PLAYING with the snow. Bleh. And if I find out who threw that snowball at me, there will be hell to pay! Never thought I'd miss the summers back home. Can't wait till we get a forge built for me to work at. Till then, I guess I Jack Pine, Rosewood, and I need to get to working on a proper shelter for every~~pony~~body.

Patina's diary is entirely written in her native language. Any sneaky theives wanting to steal a peak would need to translate it, to see anything more than her doodles which litter every page.

((It feels so good to be back in a community fort again! The following takes place before the expedition left for Shadytrails.))

Tunda's interview

Holding the paper from the town's board in her mouth, Tunda glances over the small building in front of her with curiosity and more than a touch of wanderlust. The itinerant soul has felt this coming for some time now. The town has been kind to the zebra mare, providing her with new experiences, new friends to share them with, and importantly: new stories to tell to those she meets in her next home. And the idea of that, of thinking of the next place she'll live before she's left the current one is natural to the mare. Her goodbyes have been made, something she's grown practiced at, and ponies have been promised that they'll be remembered and visited if she can help it. With all of her arrangements made, Tunda walks to the door and raps on it, then sits back on her haunches to wait.

A short pause is rewarded with the door gliding open to reveal a lavender feathered griffon. He adjusts his glasses and appraises the zebra momentarily. “Yes ma’am, how can I help you?”

She gives him a warm smile, moves the paper to her tunic, and holds out a hoof. "Hello. If I may be so bold, are you the griffon they call Isolde?"

Mild amusement plays across his face as he accepts the hoof for a shake. “No, but I can point you the right way. Miss Hookbill is just inside. I’m her assistant, Egon Proudfeathers.” He steps back and gestures for her to come in. “Right this way.”

"Tunda. And I'm pleased to meet you, my feathered friend." Tunda steps inside after him, and explains, "I saw the call for hooves and thought I should attend."

“Ah, very good. Yes, we’re looking for many qualified people of all sorts. Just a moment.” He steps back toward a door and gives a little knock before peeking inside. “Ms. Hookbill, there’s another candidate here to see you.” He nods at some unheard response and turns back to Tunda. “You can go in, Ms. Hookbill will see you now.”

Tunda nods and goes into the room, smiling still for the griffon inside. "It's nice to meet you, Miss Isolde. On the job offer, I admit I'm already sold."

The peach and pink griffon smiles back and stands, offering her claw to shake. “And it’s good to meet you, miss…?”

"Tunda," the zebra answers, holding out her hoof.

Isolde shakes the hoof once firmly and waves a palm to a chair positioned in front of her desk. “Have a seat and let’s talk. You’re here about the fliers we’ve put up? About the upcoming expedition? What sorts of skills do you have? What sort of position are you looking to fill?”

She takes a seat as offered, settling comfortably on her haunches, then clears her throat. "I have many talents, accrued across a life. Foremost among them, I can tend the land. I'm afraid if you need soldiers, I'll be no use in strife. Though if you have need of farmers, my assistance would be grand."

The griffoness nods quickly. “Oh, a farmer? Yes, we can definitely use someone for that. We’re going to take some guards too, of course, but they’re little good if we don’t have any food. We can’t rely on supply caravans throughout the year, so we’ll have to grow or find as much as we can.” She tilts her head. “How much experience do you have? We’ll need to grow a large variety of things and might have access to some unusual foreign crops. The destination isn’t quite set yet, so I can’t tell you what specifically right now.”

Tunda waves a hoof, dismissing the concerns. "In my travels I've come across many a plant. Give me seeds to grow, and I promise you'll find few I can't," she assures.

“Good, good. Where all have you worked then? Private farms? Did you own one yourself or work for a larger farm?”

"No, never land of my own, but various plots where many crops were grown. I've worked with ponies, zebras, and griffons as well. All left me adept with enough skill to sell."

Isolde smiles again and nods. “Excellent, that’s the breadth I was hoping for. We could be working with supplies from almost anyone.” She pulls a notebook over and jots a few things down. “Do you have any experience with working with animals too? I’m not sure yet what all we’ll be bringing with us, but we’ll probably have some for wool and milk.”

"Shearing and milking are things I can do, but I'm more used to green, growing things, it's true. But I can always adapt and learn. Going along on this expedition is something for which I yearn,” Tunda tells her with an air of sincerity.

The griffon notes a few more things down. “That’s okay. We may have someone else who is more experienced with that. Just having a dedicated farmer will be a huge help though.” She looks up to Tunda. “I’m glad you’re so enthusiastic about this. Is there any particular reason you’re so anxious to join us? I just want to be sure that you understand that we’ll probably be away from any significant contact with your friends and family for a long time. It may be years before you see them again, and likely many months before you can even write.”

If the prospect bothers the serene-seeming mare, it doesn't show. "I understand if I'll be out-of-contact for some time, and I promise it's something I find fine. So long as there are new people to meet, I find my adjustment to a new home is neat."

Isolde nods and makes an approving noise. “Alright, that’s a good outlook to have.” She holds an open palm toward the zebra. “Do you have any questions or concerns for me? Are you familiar with what we’re setting out to do?”

“We’re setting out to found a colony, yes? I understand the idea, though there’s one thing I must address,” the chocolate-striped mare tiles her head curiously as she asks, “You said the destination ‘wasn’t quite set’? Do you know in general where we’ll be going yet?”

“That’s a good question, and the answer is that we’ve got some good candidates.” Isolde slides her chair aside to give Tunda a better view of the map behind her. The griffoness points to a few circled locations on the map. “We’ve got a few candidate locations picked out, mostly along the southern trail. We’re hoping to set up somewhere close to where a lot of merchant caravans cross trails or travel. It’s good business for us and them.”

Tunda stands and moves closer to the desk, to lean over it and look at the map. She doesn’t spend very much time examining it before she’s apparently satisfied. “Trade is good for a small outpost, and being out there gives us room to breathe,” Tunda contentedly comments. “Now for what I’d like to know most: when must I be ready to leave?”

“Also something we’re not positive about yet, but… in a couple of weeks at most. Are you staying in the city?”

Tunda nods. "I am, yes, and my home is not far. But I'm ready to leave whenever you are."

“Alright then, can you give me your address? I hope you understand that we’re not going to give out definitive yesses today, but there’s a very good chance that we’ll want you aboard.” Isolde grabs her quill and finds space on her growing sheet of notes.

"Twenty-three Gemstone Lane," Tunda recites, looking pleased. "I look forward to being on the road again."

Isolde nods as she writes. “Twenty-three Gemstone Lane, got it.” She looks back up with another smile. “That’s good to hear. It takes a certain caliber of person to want to go out on the frontier like this. We should be making our decisions within a few days, so expect to hear something one way or another soon. Did you have anything else you wanted to ask?”

Tunda takes a moment to visibly consider, but shakes her head, setting her braided, dark-brown and white mane moving. "No, I have no questions Miss Isolde. Thank you for welcoming me into the fold."

“You’re welcome, and thank you for expressing interest in our little business venture. We’ll be in contact soon.” Isolde stands and offers her claw to shake again.

Uncurling and standing as well, Tunda offers her hoof to be shaken in turn. "Until we meet again, in good health remain."

“Thank you, and the same to you,” Isolde replies.

The zebra takes her leave, giving her farewell to the secretary as well on the way out. She makes her way back home, humming as she trots.

Tunda's Journal, 15th Granite, 222

There once was a bird called Isolde,

Who had an idea quite bold.

She took some ponies and a wagon,

Which we all took turns draggin'

If only she'd said it'd be cold!

Oh, a good limerick is always fun. Else it isn't much of one at all. After taking stock of the seeds again, I should tell it to our brave leader, but I'll save some of the other ones until I know her better, hehe. I will need to talk to her regardless, to find out what she needs me to grow in this snowy place.

Not that anyone will hear me complain about the weather, oh no. It has been too long since I've wandered down this way. The forest looks like some lovely backdrop from some tales I know, and the snow gave some of the ponies an excuse to show their playful side after that long trip. Though I don't think I'll tell that timid mare who it was that decided to include her in the snowball fight. I am sure she'll come out of her shell soon, once we have the basics in place.

Now for those seeds, and then my favorite part of travel: sitting around the campfire. Maybe today I can ask Kiume about why he left our land, if he did at all. Or that interesting stallion with the leathery wings. Silver Rush? He must have a story, oh yes.

Pine Jack's interview

The brown coated and green maned unicorn looked down at his letter with a haggard sigh, adjusting the travel bag on his back. he does not even to take a glance at the city signs, as he’s been to this building many, many times before. Survivor of more than many a campaign in the past six years.

Like the others, he gives a broad, loud knock and asks for a certain young griffon.

Egon, her younger assistant, answers the door and immediately recognizes the stallion. “Ah, yes, one moment.” He vanishes briefly and when he returns he waves for Jack to come in. “Go on back, Ms. Hookbill is ready for you.”

Pine Jack gives a brief nod and growls out a “Thanks kid.” with a raspy voice that’s been graveled by whisky for a long time. He walks in, looks around, and then finally stares down the diminutive creature before him.

“Howdy Bub, you wanted to see me?” He asks her.

Isolde sits back and gives him a little smirk. “Howdy, Jack.” She motions to the chair across from her. “Have a seat if you want. Yeah, the company is looking for some hard workers again if you’re interested. A little different than the last few jobs we’ve had you do though.”

“Well, you know I’m always up for more work. What’s it this time? More logging down in the savannah and they need a’nother Foreman on the frontier? ‘Bout time I got a promotion to management.” He says, craning his neck up and down, positively lax and unprofessional.

“Close,” Isolde answers. “Actually, if you’re eager to head out on the trail this might be the perfect opportunity for you. We’re not setting up a logging operation specifically, but we’re planning on establishing a trading post down by the southern trade routes. We’re getting some teams together and are going to need as much help of your kind as we can get.”

Jack scratches the long unkempt hair on the bottom of his chin. “Trading post, huh? Gonna be some place warm this time ‘round, I hope?”

“Ah, heh… well, we’re not entirely certain about the location yet, but anywhere that far down tends to get a bit cold during the winters. Should be warm during the summers anyway.” She glances at her map again for effect. “That wouldn’t be a deal breaker, would it?”

“Isolde you’re bust’in me here, the last six months you’ve had me logging down in freezing south lakes!” He His nostrils flare a bit, looking at the ceiling. Looking a back down he seems a little more placid about it. “Well, a job’s a job, isn't it? So, you’ll be the one leading this little expedition?”

She gives a little smile. “That’s how it’s looking right now, yes. I hope that won’t be a deal breaker?”

“Not at all, as long as you don’t micromanage me sweetheart. The most experienced boss, the most inexperienced boss ... logging is logging. Mind me when I say a tree is going to go crashing through a house without some careful foresight and give me some breathable timetables when you ask me to clear out a whole forest and I’ll be your chummy best buddy.”

She gives him a little chuckle and nod. “Don’t worry, I understand how important it is to give people breathing room to get things done. If you’re interested though, I’d be glad to have you on board. I should caution you though that this is probably going to take a few years, and you probably won’t be in much contact with anyone for at least six months or so.”

“I’m the sort that finds it easy to get their affairs on order ....” Jack says, scratching his neck with a hoof. “I’d be ready to go in ten days, that fast enough for you?”

She nods. “We’re not planning to set out for at least two weeks, so that should be plenty fine. You’ll be in the city until then, right?”

“Yeah.” He then gives an inquisitive look. “Since I already got this job ‘cause of my experience, and this is all a formality, mind if I turn this interview around a bit an’ ask: Why you leaving town? Just curious.” He rolls his hoof in a gesture. “I mean, city office jobs don’t just fall of trees ...”

Isolde taps a talon on her desk. “That’s a fair question. It’s true: this is a pretty comfortable position, but I’ve been thinking that maybe I should aspire to a bit more than just signing papers all day here, you know? Besides, this is a fast track to getting a bit of pull in the company.” She gives a little half-hearted chuckle. “Supposedly.”

“Good a reason as any. Lots of responsibility, but worth it ...” He gives a sardonic grin. “Know I couldn't hack it. Glad to not be in your horseshoes, for sure. Er. Paws. Or what have you.”

She smiles again. “And likewise. I’m not much for physical labor.” She pats the desk. “The job doesn’t really allow for it, you see.”

“Whelp, if that don’t sound like job security I don’t know what does. Guess I’ll come back in two weeks and give your assistant over there a ring?”

Isolde pulls out a quill to jot something down. “Well, since we’re not too sure when we’re going to head off we’ll be sending out messages for everyone when the time comes. You can certainly stop by any time and ask how things are coming along though. If I’m not here then Egon should be.”

“Sounds like a plan. Nice seeing you again, by the by.” He starts to get up. “I need to sign anything, non-disclosures, exclusivity contracts, soul bindin’, ilk like that, or am I free to get my affairs in order?”

She gives a little wave of her claw. “No need to sign anything today, but when we call you back in there will be a few things to read and sign. No soul binding since our necromancer moved on to greener pastures, but there will be a contract.” She smirks a little.

He gives a chuckle. “Right. Take care Isolde.” He gives a curt nod and takes his leave, and then gives a friendly nod to Egon as he exits the building.

After he is a good distance away, and his polite and professional demeanor is no longer needed, he takes a flask of whiskey out of his shirt pocket, and gives a friendly nod to it for a good productive day, and takes a swig.

Foreman’s Log:

Jack Pine

Assignment: Shadytrails

Date: 15th of Granite, 22

Well, ask and ye shall receive, Isolde told us of a frozen barren alpine patch of nothing, lo and behold, here it is! Guess I should should still be happy. Who wouldn't be after fighting for a spot in the cart and off the ground for weeks on end.

Gotta love contracts. Can spend over a hundred pages telling you what you can an can’t do, yet can neglect to tell ya that you co-worker might be godsforsaken blood suckin’ bat creature with a manure eating grin. If he starts requesting we all start eating more citrus and sugar out of the blue while smacking his lips an fang tips I’m lodging a formal complaint.

Date: 18th of Granite

Scarfie was watching me work all day. Just, staring with leerish eyes all. Day. Long. I guess I’d normally find such a thing flattering, if not for the underslung crossbow sagging beneath her barrel. For such an indecipherable reason, such thing suddenly becomes unnerving. I wonder why that could possibly be ...

Helped Rosewood cut forty logs into planks. By hoof. A sawmill would be greatly appreciated. Nobody had the forethought to bring a pair of gears from home though I guess. No big problem, let everyone take their fine time an pace.”

Date: 19th of Granite

Shortstack makes some damn good pancakes.

Date: 21nd of Granite

Well, the month is coming to a close, but even with all the generous help from Rosewood, it looks like I’m not going to hit the quotas needed for us to live in shelter some time this year. I’ve heard that in situation like this, colonies could slum it out in chipped out caves for at least a while. with the latest news from bats, that don’t sound like an option either.

I could cut even more trees down all day if I mark them in the night, at least for the next ten days I suppose ... It’s the only way I’m seeing getting enough lumber for Rosewood’s ‘little shopping list’ here .... Honestly what does she have planned for ‘a gigantic wooden corkscrew’ anyway?

Maybe I don’t want to know ....

Gunther's Log: Entry 1

We have newly arrived at what we are planning on calling Shadytrails. I will admit that it's a much colder region then I would have liked to embark on a caravan towards but under the circumstances beggars cannot be choosers. I consider myself quite fortunate that the rather beautiful Isolde was willing to take me on for my medical skill set despite my inability to meet her for a proper interview. Alas, as I mentioned in the letter that I sent alongside my credentials that two of my patients had started to spiral out into a dangerous situation and I couldn't afford the time to meet her in person without fear of losing my patients in my absence. Regretfully even that was not truly enough and only one of the two survived long enough to become stable and have a hope of recovery.

Yes, a new beginning might be for the best.

I haven't really taken the time to get to know those that I am traveling with all that well. Isolde is busy keeping things going and spirits up so apart from a few short but sweet conversations here and there I haven't really had the chance to get to know her better. The cold weather and the fact that we are setting ourselves up in pretty much the middle of nowhere puts me in to much of a survivalist mindset a little to much to really want to get close to the pony members of our little group; It's hard to make friends with someone when you can't help but think of them as emergency rations.

Speaking of, I have had the chance to meet our Zebra military commander and swordspony. I'm kind of hoping that whatever kills him leaves enough of him to cook up; He looks like he would be a good base for a pretty solid stew.

Oh well. Hopefully we'll get our new home and base of operations up and running properly before we have to resort to such measures. Maybe once we have a proper roof over our heads I'll be able to talk with Isolde and get to know her beyond the pretty face.

Gunther's Log: Entry 2

I will be the first to admit that my skills have been put on the back burner for the time being. Well it does make me feel like my only skill is to be used as cheap labor I do understand that at such an early stage this is a relatively good sign. After all, with our numbers as low as they are an injury would be devastating to our efforts.

Isolde has taken notice of my plight and as proven to be as quick witted and intelligent as she is beautiful. She is considering giving my mind something to do by either giving me some clerical duties to perform or taking the time to examine some herbs. Out of the two I would rather take on the clerical duties for the time being but if none of the Emergency Foods have the skills to tell the difference between what plants are food, what are medical and what will kill them if they eat it then I will just have to take one for the team so we don't all die because someone thought that Nightshade looked like a wonderful side dish.

Written in his native language. Only Isolde would be able to read it.

Silver Rush's Journal, 15th Granite, 222

It's biting cold out here, but I'm still loving it. Not really all that different than the winters back in Hackamore Basin. I think the chilled air, hanging icicles and gray skies really add to the beauty of this place, even if I know it's all probably just temporary. Not that it matters much to me personally: hacking away at stone builds up internal heat pretty quick! This is perfect weather for a campfire too, an excellent opportunity to chew the fat with some of my travelling companions. I wonder how well they've been holding up against the cold? I've brought extra coats and sweaters if anypony needs them. That tiny unicorn named Patina looks like she might need it more than the others.

Now that I see all these griffons and zebras in person, I'm really starting to appreciate just how huge they are! Or maybe it's just because I'm so used to being around earth ponies all the time. I'm sure I'll learn eventually. In the meantime, I gotta get to making friends: nothing's better at boosting morale!

I'm also pretty stoked to start adding to my mineral collection. Wonder what sorts of exotic ore might turn up?

Kiume's Journal, Departure

Most would feel a sense of loss on leaving their homeland for new grounds, but we've always been a migratory species; we like to get around. My family presented me with a brand new sword on the eve of the journey, but it was a reserved affair compared to the scenes I saw from some of the pony clans. In any case, the taste of a new hilt and the promise of a great future ahead of us was more than enough to keep me eager to see where the trail lead. If I have any cause for trepidation, though, it would be that another zebra – a mare – also accompanied the expedition. It could be that I've spent too long among the other species of the world, but there's just something about speaking in rhyme that makes me crazy if it goes on all the time. If I can't convince her to stop, I fear my mind will surely pop.

Author's Note

The interviews with isolde for those who wrote them up; only applicable to the expedition members. People joining at a later date are welcome to write their own screening process(es), as I partially did with Lattice (that doesn't appear for a while, though). DF doesn't always think the migrants through, since Lattice was originally a tailor in a town with nothing to support one.

[3] ★ Isolde's Journal: 16th Granite 222 to 8th Slate 222

First small update is here! I'm going to try to get one in per week if there's nothing holding it up, but I probably won't be able to stick to that for long. In any case, only about a month has passed so far in game, but more substantial amounts of time will pass for future updates as less interesting things happen so quickly.

Isolde's Journal - 16th Granite, 222

As promised, we took the rest of yesterday to get settled in and get ready for today, which is the first big workday. The very first thing I wanted to get done was to get some of these trees cut down and sawed into lumber, since we're never going to have enough of it. I marked out a space just off to the side of the wagon to take the felled trees, asked Jack Pine to see what he could do, then went off to see Tunda about our farming prospects.

Gotta make sure the trees are cut down before any pegasi or griffons get stuck in them... setting a forbidden traffic zone usually helps. The game wasn't built with flight in mind, yet alone for town residents. So the pathing is kind buggy around roofs, trees, and waterfalls. It's not too bad, though.

As I feared, it's early to be planting much of anything. Most of the seeds we brought with us aren't frost tolerant, which makes this pretty hard. I don't want to wait for spring to start planting though, because I'm not confident our supplies will hold us out if we do. So, for now, I asked her to take stock of what we had, figure out if any of it would grow, and if not, take a look around the camp for any local shrubs that maybe withstand the cold and are edible.

In the meantime, everyone else was pretty much sitting on their claws and hooves waiting for something to do, so we got together and started clearing out space for the future farms. There was a lot of snow to shove aside, and we found some larger stones in the way that Silver Rush took care of in short order, but it's looking better. The ground isn't frozen very deep, so maybe we'll be able to plant something soon.

P.S. Tunda had an interesting little poem to sing about me. I'm going to have to watch and see if she does that for everyone, or if I'm somehow already made an impression on her.

18th Granite, 222

Already things are growing out of nothingness into a few workshops. Jack Pine is nothing if not a fast worker, and we've already got a lot of logs ready to be put to use making buildings to get out of this cold. I wanted to get a sawmill set up immediately, but I discovered that we're lacking some needed machinery for something like that. Unfortunately, we didn't hire anyone specifically for that line of work, but Patina Dreams is the closest thing we've got so I asked if she could handle making whatever we needed. She seemed a bet reluctant but agreed eventually. Now we just need to get some stone or something for her to work with. That will be Silver Rush's next job.

On the bright side, the snow is already starting to melt! We'll have clear ground to plant on in a few days Tunda tells me.

In other news, I did get Rosewood to set up a little carpentry workstation so she can start making some necessities. We didn't have room in the wagon to bring a big, heavy wheelbarrow, for example, and she says she can make one without any trouble. After she gets that set up, I think I'll see about getting some equipment racks set up for Kiume and Shooting Star so they can start practicing.

The other news is that Shortstack didn't have any trouble getting a little semi-permanent cooking fire set up, so we've got warm meals coming regularly now. I tell you, hiring a chef might seem a bit unnecessary for an expedition like this, but fresh food makes all the difference when everything else is stressful enough.

19th Granite, 222

Looks like stone won't be as easy to get to as I'd hoped. Silver Rush took to digging out a cave for us to move some supplies into, and at the same time tried to guess which way to go looking for something durable enough for Patina to make mechanisms out of. So far he's only turned up soil and clay.

Clay will be useful if we get anyone with any pottery skill later, but for now it's not doing us much good. Oh well, I told him to keep up the good work and keep digging for now.

We did at least get some training grounds established for the guards, so they don't have to stand around feeling like a fifth wheel anymore. It's not much to look at...

A couple of racks for weapons and they're good to go!The brown music notes are the weapons rack symbols. Telgin doesn't use a tileset, so we're stuck with ascii graphics.

...but it's something, right?

Right now I'm mostly trying to figure out what to do with poor Gunther. He's been trying to help out in any small way he can, but there isn't anything really needing his expertise right now. Maybe I can get some clerical duties set up for him to keep him busy? We still need to take stock of everything after all.

24th Granite, 222

Looks like I shold have joined the weather patrol back home, since the weather cleared up just like I'd hoped. Within the span of just two days most of the snow has melted, leaving the farm plots nice and pristine for Tunda to tend. She's already got some strawberries, millet and alfalfa planted. If we can combine that with some local shrubs and herbs I think we can get some pretty passable food growing.

That hasn't left a whole lot for me to do though, so I've been helping move supplies to better locations. The seeds and food are all stockpiled near the kitchen and farms, which until we get a permanent storage building set up should suit us fine. It's still plenty cold enough that I'm not worried about any of it spoiling.

I am hoping to do something about our eating and working arrangements soon. It seems that we won't have any stone, and so nothing substantive to build the sawmill out of, which means that we won't be able to make the best use of the wood Jack has hewn so far, but maybe Rosewood and Patina can get something temporary set up at least?

1st Slate, 222

Cut into planks or not, wood logs are still perfectly serviceable construction material if you know what you're doing, and fortunately Rosewood does. And as they say, many claws make for light work, so we've actually made a lot of progress toward getting a little shelter put together.

It's framed in and already much warmer inside than out, but we're still waiting on Rosewood to finish making some tables and chairs. None of the rest of us have the skill needed for that, so it's up to her for now. She's doing an excellent job so far, so I'm sure she'll have them ready soon.

Anyway, I took a short flight down to the river today, as a few of the others have been doing lately, hoping that it would have thawed out some more by now. I can see the fish swimming around down there, and I can't wait to get a few of them up on a cooking fire. I used to fish a little back home in my spare time, but it's been quite a few years. Maybe I can be the first to take a spin at that when the ice does melt. If Shortstack doesn't know how to cook fish then I guess I can give that a spin too.

8th Slate, 222

A week later and we've all pretty much moved into our new home away from home, if you can call it that. We've finally got a civilized place to sit down, eat, talk and do any light work we need to do. That means I finally have somewhere to sit down and really go through our stock records. Maybe I will get Gunther in on that after all? He still hasn't had a lot to do. Maybe now that things are thawing out a bit he could help look for edible herbs around? I should talk with him and find out if he has much of a pharmacological background.

Silver Rush tells me that things aren't looking too good on the stone front either. The ground is very damp around here, so he says there probably isn't much stone or metal near the surface. So much for the sawmill, at least for now. We may have to trade for the parts we need...

And that means that Patina hasn't had a lot to do aside from help put the shelter together. We do have clay and sand, so maybe she'd be willing to make some clay or glass crafts of some kind? I should ask her about that.

Anyway, now that we have an enclosed building of some kind the next step is to get some beds put together. It's been far, far too long since I last slept in a nice, soft, warm, fluffy bed.

I wonder if the ponies would find sleeping on griffon feather pillows strange?

Author's Note

Entry as found on bay12.

[4] 19th Granite, 222

19th Granite, 222

As the sun begins to set, Shooting Star lands back outside the lone and still unfinished structure of Shadytrails, having finished her last patrol for the day.

Patina Dreams is sitting by the cooking fire, scratching out what she can into her journal by the last light of the sun.

“Hey Patina.” Shooting Star greets her expedition member as she carefully remove the bolt from her crossbow to put it in her quiver, pulled the trigger to make the empty crossbow make a ‘Twang!’ noise and tuck it into her back.

“Welcome back Star,” Patina says putting her journal aside, it was getting too dark to write anyway, “See anything while you were out there?”

“Just some more snow and melting snow. Not a living soul to be found.” Shooting Star sighs before taking a seat near the fire. “Not that it’s bad, of course. A day that I don’t see anything dangerous approaching the settlement is a day I’m not risking my life shooting at it.”

“Mhmm, I hope you never have to shoot at anything out there…” Patina said though her tone indicates that she knows that hope is too idealistic to come true, “But look at your mane. All that flying has left it a tangled mess, come here let me fix it for you.”

Patina reaches for her saddlebags and after digging for a moment pulls out a finely engraved silver comb.

“Hm? oh, this? It’s fine.” Shooting Star said and waved a hoof with a smile.

“Nonsense,” Patina says, scooting closer to Shooting Star her comb in hoof, “Just because we are in the middle of nowhere is no excuse to not take care of your appearance.”

The Crossbowpony pouted a little, but sees no way out of this. “Well, if you insist.”

“I do insist,” Patina says sitting herself beside her friend, and beginning to run the comb through the snarled mess of a mane, and trying to be gentle about it.

Even though, her mess of a mane are still pretty tangled, and the Pegasus mare winces every time the comb caught a knot.

Desiring to take her friend’s mind off it as she works Patina asks, “So, Shooting Star, where are you from? What brought you to Shadytrails?”

“Mmm, Was an army scout for Coupledye. Served my times but I never really learned how to do anything else other than what I learned in the army, which is to survive and shoot stuff. And apparently those skills are in high-demands to come out here, so here I am.” Shooting Star said with a little shrugs, her mind taken off somewhat of the wincing pain.

Continuing to pretty up the blue mare’s mane Patina continues her questioning, “But the army? Isn’t that a bit… unusual of a profession for a mare? What made you want to do something dangerous like that?”

“Not sure. Destiny’s calling, I suppose?” Shooting Star said Idly, just laying there for her mane to be combed. “I mean, my Dad was a soldier. And I’ve always looked up to him, but he didn’t want me to go head-first into danger so I’ve joined the Scouts instead. Keeps me reasonably far away from danger enough and still learn all the skills from the Army!. . Not that it mean much out here, I’m mostly going to be our first line of defense for a while yet.”

“So your dad was a soldier? What was that like? Growing up in a military family I mean,” Patina asks as she works out the last of the snarls.

It’s actually much more relaxing now without all of the knots to hurt. “Well, my dad always wanted a colt. But I never had any siblings, so I suppose he kinda raised me as his son? I mean, he’s not making me wear colt cloths or anything like that. But I don’t think any other dads teach their daughters how to punch the breath out of a bully, or how to shoot a crossbow before she was even old enough to go to school.”

“Oh my no I would not think so,” Patina said, putting her comb down as she goes into the bag again for a selection of ribbons, “My father would have never have let me do something like that. He never even liked me working the forge… well at least not at first.”

Patina selects a pair of red ribbons to complement Shooting Star’s blue coat, and begins putting her mane into pigtails, “What about your mother? Was she around?”

“She was around, kind of. . I love her dearly, and she does so to me as well, I’m sure of it. She was a dancer, but had an accident before I was born and lost one of her legs. Said it was a fire and that my Father was the dashing knight that went in through the fire to save her. Said she lost her ability to dance that day, but gained something else in return and that she never regretted it. But I know that she still wanted to dance. . But it’s just not the same anymore, you know? But hey, at least she doesn’t mope all day everyday, that’d be sad. She learned how to cook really well and became a dance teacher after I was born, even taught me to dance! I kinda turn it into a bit of a hybrid combining my mother’s dances and my father’s stances. It’s good exercise!”

“Oh! If we get a musician here in Shadytrails you could give everypony a show,” Patina said happily, finishing the second small braid.

Patina looks over her patient, status of mane… acceptable.

“There, much better, your mane is all fixed,” Patina says as she moves to sit next to her friend. She removes her gold and jade circlet, holding it in her lap with both hooves, as she magics the elegant silver comb to Shooting Star.

“Here, it’s your turn,” Patina says happily.

The other mare accepted the comb, looking at it a little confusingly. “Me? really?” She asked.

“Mhmm,” Patina replies turning her back so that Shooting Star could comb out Patina’s mane.

Shooting Star was unsure if Patina was aware what it was like when two mares comb each other’s mane, but she’s not going to assume that her friend’s some ignorant foreigner, and will start to carefully comb her mane, being cautious not to hurt the delicate mare.

“mmm,” Patina relaxes as Shooting Star grooms her. Sitting here by the fire, chatting, and brushing each other reminded her of home.

“I’ve never got to comb another mare’s mane before..” The pegasus murmurs. “well, beside my mum’s.”

“It’s nice though isn’t it?” Patina says softly, “My sisters and I used to do this for each other every day. We’d sit and talk, and just… be there for each other. You know?”

“Y-you.. combed manes with your sisters?” Shooting Star asked, her face flushed a blush as her wild imagination took her to places.

“Yeah. We all shared the same room growing up… well until Golden Ratio, my eldest sister, got married… and I went to University,” Patina says, “But I remember when I was little, we’d all groom each other, then fall asleep together while Golden Ratio would tell us a story.”

Patina appears lost in thought, remembering the past, her grip tightens on her golden headpiece a bit.

“Homesick?” The other mare asked, still gently combing Patina’s hair gently.

Patina takes a moment to reply, “Yeah… a bit. But it’s okay. I’ll… see them all again someday.”

“Yeah, keep up the hopeful Attitude.” Shooting Star beams and finishes combing Patina’s mane to be all nice and smooth.

The sun was now starting to disappear altogether, Patina sighed, “Looks like it’s time to get some sleep.”

She stands up and starts to pack up her journal, quill, ink, and comb into her bag. She doesn’t put her headpiece back on, but keeps it held in her magic.

The two mares then head towards where the tents were all set up. Being the time of night that it was, the area was starting to get crowded by those busying themselves for sleep.

Patina enters her tent and puts her bag at one end, and her golden circlet next to it, ontop of a bit of cloth to keep it out of the mud. She removes her bracelets and puts them with her other things, before crawling under the blanket, using her bag as a pillow and curling up tight preparing to sleep.

Shooting Star followed, and dragged her own pillow and blanket over to Patina. Leaving her Crossbow just at the entrance where she can easily reach it, the mare lay down as well next to the other mare.

Patina sits up, pulling her blanket tight around her, "What are you doing?"

“Hm? It’s cold. We should huddle to share bodily warmth. I learned it in the army, keeping body temperature warm is essential to our survival!” Shooting Star said, pulling the cover up as she scoots a bit closer to Patina.

Patina looks her new friend over, but then a cold chill blows through the air, her tent barely blocking it, she shivered. She really hadn’t been looking forward to another cold night of shivering.

"That... that is a good point," she concedes, "okay," she scoots over and lifts her blanket for Shooting Star to join her.

Shooting Star scoots in and adds her own blanket for a second layer of warmth insulation. “Much better?”

Patina already feeling a bit warmer sighs, "Yeah... it's bit strange. I've never shared my bed with anypony except my sisters, but it is much more comfortable like this."

Patina lies down next to her friend, turning away and letting her back rest against her.

The Pegasus brings a wing over to warp around Patina as her hooves slides around to cuddle the mare, pressing her chest against the Patina’s back and squeezes a little. “I hope I’m not making you uncomfortable?”

"Hmm, It's okay..." Patina says sleepily, warm for perhaps the first time since embarking.

Shooting Star let out a warm content sigh as she rests her muzzle on the other mare’s neck, enjoying the much-needed warmth. The long tiring days were more than enough to send her to sleep with ease.

Wrapped in her pegasus friend's wings, Patina sinks happily into slumber.

For the rest of the time before the shelter was built, Patina Dreams and Shooting Star shared a tent like this. When beds are finally built, they continue to share warmth at night, at least until summer comes.

[5] 27th Granite, 222

27th Granite, 222

The weather had started turning warmer, but it would have still been considered chilly to the average pony. It was getting late in the day and the gray-blue sky was beginning to take on a darkened hue of indigo.

The sole bat-pony of the establishment had just finished washing up from the long and fruitless day of digging around in the rock-barren dirt. He decided it was best to warm himself up in the only building which had yet been constructed, relaxing the tension in his locked-up wing joints. Most of the light and heat within its confines was currently being yielded by the cooking fire which Shortstack used throughout the day to supply the party with their needed rations. An attractive thing, that toasty flame was. It would seem that he was not the only one to think so at this moment.

Patina sat near to the fire, wrapped under her blanket. Shortstack busied herself nearby preparing dinner for the others. Patina had a book opened in front of her, with a small bottle of ink nearby, a magically levitated quill slowly scribbling out a drawing of some sort of geared contraption into the journal. The unicorn mare seems lost in her work.

He doesn’t notice what the brown-furred unicorn is doing at first, simply walking over towards the glowing, orange relief from the cold. A worn, leather knapsack drops to the floor beside him, the weighty clank of metal tools issuing from within. Silver follows suit and gets down on his haunches as he stretches out the blackened membranes between the ribs in his wings. The stallion inhales and bends his neck side-to-side, letting out a puff of disappointment, “Nothing new to report about our stone supplies, I’m afraid. Just clay, clay and more clay. I suppose you’ll have to wait a little longer before you’ll have anything to work with, Ms. Dreams.” In spite of his words, he still wears a smile, “Don’t you worry, though: I’ll get right back out there tomorrow and dig some more. I guarantee I’ll find something sooner or later!”

Patina is startled by the dropped tools, but relaxes instantly upon seeing the source, "Oh Mr. Silver. That's... That's alright, there's got to be stone down there somewhere. And when you do strike some, I'm going to have my hooves full for a long long time. So... no rush." She gives a nervous chuckle.

“I can imagine so,” he agrees, folding his wings so that their backside can be warmed as well, “Surely when it comes time for that, we’ll all have more help. I can’t picture you shouldering the burden all on your own.” His copper eyes wander over towards her journal, now curious about how she has been spending her time, “Already making some plans there?”

Patina nods and shuffles a bit to move close enough to show the drawings to the bat stallion, without getting up.

"Yeah, Mistress Isolde wants me to design and help construct a saw mill when we have the material," she says showing the drawings.

The work is very detailed, parts are labeled in Arabic and each piece is drawn by skillful magic hand from multiple angles.

Silver Rush is visibly impressed, “Well, well, that’s some skilled penwork. I’m not an expert on machines, but I can tell that you’ve got plenty of experience doing this sort of thing. I’m guessing you can work with metal and stone with equal ease? What were you doing before you tagged along with us?”

Patina puts her book down and pulls her blanket closed around her body, "I was... I was, uh working with an architecture guild in... in Saddle Arabia."

The gray-furred pony nods, “Sounds pretty fancy. You’ve got a good education too, from what I’ve been hearing. It’s little wonder that Ms. Hookbill wanted your expertise out here. Do you just work with stone for structure or for aesthetics as well? How about when it comes to, say, cutting gems from rough stone?”

"Oh. Well, despite what I studied at university, I consider myself an artist first, and an architect second... I started with casting things from metal; figures, statues, and things." She smiles, "The first thing I ever made was a set of tin soldier-ponies for my little brothers. But I've done some stone carving too. Though architecture is an art too, and one I’m… well... talented in. One day I hope to be able to design a really grand temple, and have it actually built. One day. However to answer your question, no, I’ve never done anything with gemstones really. Have you?"

“Maybe you’ll have that chance some day here in Shadytrails. Given that you’re the first architect here, I’d say that gives you some seniority over any subsequent arrivals. That’s gotta work in your favor, right? At least when it comes to making suggestions to Ms. Hookbill.”

Now satisfied that his wings are sufficiently revived, Silver Rush retracts them back against his body, “I’ve never actually cut gemstones either, but I’ve had plenty of opportunity to find them. Well, the natural precursors to them, at least. I’ve built up a small collection of my finds and have had them cut whenever my funds would allow for it. I still have a rough cerussite I found back in the lead mine I worked in before it shut down. Haven’t been able to get that cut yet.”

"Hmm. Well, I'm the wrong mare to talk to about gemcutting, but if you get that done, and we have some metal for me to work with, I can make a nice piece for it to be set in, if you'd like," she says subconsciously touching one of her bracelets with a hoof.

“Oh, that’s actually an excellent idea…” he muses while arranging the gems in his mind, contemplating how to best line them up, “I’ll definitely have to consider that offer in the future. I wonder if I should have them set by color? By ore type? By cut?” Silver rubs the tip of his muzzle while the thoughts run through his mind.

"Depends I suppose, on what all you have. If you have lots of different color gems, probably best to split them up into complimenting groups. On different pieces," Patina offers.

“Sounds good to me. Maybe I could bring what I’ve got over here and you could make some further suggestions?”

Patina nods, “Yeah. That would be fine. I’d be happy to make some recommendations.”

The bat-pony grins, showing his fangs, “Great! I’ll grab my stuff!” He heads off towards his own little corner of the building, rooting through his belongings to retrieve the box which contained the 10 mineral samples that he currently possessed. After returning, the two of them continue their discussion about using gemstones as art as the Sun finally dips in its entirety below the horizon.

[6] 8th Slate, 222

8th of Slate, 222

Having found her shawl, and a necklace and some bracelets to boot, Tunda strides over from her farm plot to the lodge. She hoofs open the door to the simple wooden-structure, and looks on everypony and griffon inside with a contented smile. She greets them all, and then sees a particular pony she’s pleased to perceive. The mare trots over and takes a seat nearby the nightwinged stallion. “Ah, Silver Rush, just the one I’d hoped to catch. How are things in the mine, my friend? Any stone in our stash? Gems to vend?”

The black-haired pony turns away from his reading, “Huh? Oh, Ms. Tunda! Hello there!” His initial happiness trails off a bit as his eyes list towards his left, “Oh yeah, the mine. I don’t even know if you could call it a mine yet. It’s more of a sizeable hole dug into wet dirt, if you ask me. I haven’t hit any bedrock yet. No veins. So far I’ve turned up empty-hoofed.”

"Oh don't fret, flying pony,” Tunda reassures the stallion. "It's been but a few weeks only."

He nods in response, “Of course. I’m not overly concerned. There’s always stone if you dig deep enough. Though I have to admit that the mine I worked at prior to my coming here was carved into the side of a mesa. Not quite the same as the set-up we’ve got in Shadytrails right now. Still, I’d like to think that I learned a thing or two of value during those three years.” Silver closes the book, “I take it that you’ve had some success with crafting farming plots? What all have you got planted?”

The shades-of-chocolate zebra nods back. “I’ve planted alfalfa, millet, and strawberries as well. In fact, I’d say my plot is looking swell,” Tunda says, letting her serene smile shift into an amused grin.

Silver almost giggles at the obvious pun, but manages to retain hold on his manners. “All of that sounds pretty good. Particularly those strawberries. I have a preference for the citrus variety of fruit myself, but I’m not picky. I’ll eat almost anything that grows in the ground, especially after a hard day straining my neck in that clay pit,” he looks off in the direction of the young mine-to-be, despite the walls blocking his view. “So how long have you been in the farming business, if you don’t mind my asking, Ms. Tunda?”

“Simply calling me Tunda is fine. You’ll find that I don’t mind.” She waves a hoof in a permissive gesture. “Now as for how long I’ve tended the land, well I find wherever I go, there’s a demand. My family started to teach me when I was only a filly, but to think I’d been doing it continuously would be silly. I’ve had many jobs and things to do, but find a town always welcomes farmers, especially when it’s new.”

“Very well then, Tunda,” he agrees with a chuckle, leaning over to support his head with a hoof as he becomes more engaged in the conversation, “I’d say your judgment is spot on: an army can’t march on an empty stomach, as the old saying goes. We’re definitely going to need a mature source of food when this rinky dinky settlement becomes a full-blown town. Do you foresee any difficulties with that, in your expert opinion?”

The mare with the braided mane doesn’t dispute his compliment. “Firstly, we’re still subject to winter cold. Another run of bad weather could lay low our sprouts before they get too old. And if we did run out of food in a place so isolated, any help would be...belated. But I wouldn’t worry about any of that,” she gives a reassuring smile. “After the harvest, there will be enough to keep us all nice and fat.”

“Right, it’s far too soon to worry about such things. I have confidence that the bunch of us will find a way to make all of this work out.” He taps a hoof on the floor, “So, when you’re not out there tending to vegetables, what do you like doing with your spare time? Got any hobbies?”

"Most of them involve another pony or zebra but me. I enjoy telling stories, poems, and news, even for free." Tunda shifts in her seat to be more comfortable. "Besides that, there's not very much. What do you do when you aren't mining and such?"

“Sounds like we’ll get along just fine then. I’m always an attentive listener,” Silver answers as he points to his fluff-tipped ears, “As for me? I’ve got a few things I occupy my spare time with. For one, I’m building a rock and mineral collection. I’m at twenty-one specimens thus far. Oh, I also like anything to do with mysteries, the paranormal, that sort of thing.” He taps on the book he had been reading prior, “I write down local legends, hauntings and other weirdness I hear about in here. The western half of my home town, Hackamore Basin, is said to be a ghost town in both senses of the phrase!”

The slate-colored pony squints and eyes the ceiling for a moment before another thing hits him, “Oh yeah! Funny you should mention poetry, since I also like to write songs and sing. Well, I guess that’s sort of like poetry.”

Tunda sits up further, managing to look even more interested in the bat-stallion. "It definitely is, in my account. What sort of things do you sing about?”

“Well, the newest one I’m working on is actually about our new establishment. I haven’t gotten too far with it yet, since nothing of much interest has happened. I am always looking for inspiration, though. Seeing how others would describe their lives here would definitely help developing the lyrics.”

“There isn’t much to say as of yet. As the town grows however, I can see how chaotic things might get. I’ll relish the time now while things are simple and clear, but I’ll look forward to new friends coming here,” Tunda answers after a few moments of thought.

The conversation is cut short by the ringing of the dinner bell, followed by a shout from Shortstack indicating that lunch had been completed.

“Well, speaking of relish…” Silver laughs. He stands up to face the origin of delicious aromas, but turns back to face his new, striped friend, “Why don’t we grab a bite? I’d like to hear more about your talent with the written word. Maybe we can toss some ideas around?”

Standing as well, Tunda smiles. “That sounds like a lovely way to spend a meal. Tell me about your haunted town as well, and we have a deal.”

[8] ★ Isolde's Journal: 13th Slate 222 through 1st Hematite, 222.

Isolde's Journal - 13th Slate, 222

We continue to be hampered by our lack of stone or similar durable materials. Normally I wouldn't be overly concerned, since we do have plenty of wood to work with, but without some stone we can't build any furnaces of any kind. In turn, that means no way to make any forges, kilns, glass workshops, or anything like them.

I was hoping to get some kinds of crafts produced by the time we had our first visit from headquarters, but this is going to put us behind schedule. Maybe I'll be able to think of something by then. If not, we do have the wood to work with. And since we don't have a whole lot else to do right now, Rosewood is putting together some very lovely beds for us. They'll be shoved into the shelter along with everything else for the moment, but it beats sleeping on the floor any day.

The good news though, is that Silver Rush did have an idea on how to get through the aquifer. He's trying to open up a large area of the damp soil to the air, which still gets cold enough at night to freeze and hasn't warmed enough to thaw the river yet. If it freezes enough then he can dig right through it.

I'm crossing my talons, but I just hope he's careful. Gunther doesn't have anything to do right now, but that's not how I want to address that little issue.

Those brown boxes represent space queued to be dug, but not yet dug.

17th Slate, 222

Well, there's a bit of news on Silver Rush's progress. Things have warmed up a lot in the past two days, which means that the river has thawed.

That's great, because I took a little stroll down south to a few prospective fishing sites and saw that there is definitely some aquatic life swimming about. I even marked a good spot to set up a fishery, which I think I'm going to do personally once I finish taking stock tonight. I can already taste the smoked fish...

Maybe Gunther likes to fish too? That would give him something to do other than admire the flowers and bushes...

Oh, but I'm getting ahead of myself. This is somewhat bad news too, because it means that Silver Rush's plan probably won't work. If it's too warm then the water won't freeze and he'll be back at square one. He did tell me over dinner that he's been able to get deeper than before without hitting any water though, so maybe he's found a good spot regardless. Time will tell.

18th Slate, 222

Silver Rush ran into the water after all, which shouldn't be much of a surprise. What was a surprise however, is that it's still getting cold enough at night to freeze standing water, so maybe there's hope yet. He's working hard, and I really hope it pays off.

23rd Slate, 222

Not a whole lot of news to report on the stone situation. Silver Rush is but a single pony and can't do but so much. He's getting close though, he assures me.

Instead, I've been spending some time these last few days trying to plan out where we're going to put everything once we do get a sawmill set up. We've got this big hill and lots of lowlands around it, so I'm thinking of trying to set the houses and living areas up lower down. It might not be a great view, but at least if we have a lot of furnaces going in a year or two we won't be choking on smoke every day as it rises up.

While looking around I noticed there was no sight of Gunther anywhere, but Kiume and Shooting Star told me they saw him out near the river checking the herbs. I didn't think too much of it, but later on Jack mentioned to me that he saw Gunther sitting up in one of the trees and just staring out over the water. I hope he's not getting depressed, but I can understand that this might not have been quite what he signed up for. Maybe I'll get to that fishery soon and we can spend some time fishing to take his mind off of it?

DF pathfinding strikes again. Jack Pine to the rescue. Uh oh, he fell out of the tree...

This is a z-layer (1 level) above the upper ground level, and our doctor is the "g" seen there. The assorted dots represent ground on the z-level below, while the blue shaded regions represent a drop or more than one z-level.

Then again, maybe he's just not feeling well. He seemed to be getting around a bit slow after he came back to the shelter. Depression can cause that too, so I'll just keep an eye on him for now.

25th Slate, 222

Gunther seems to be alright, so that's one less thing to worry about. With that off of my mind and most of the clerical work taken care of for the moment, I sat down with Patina for a little while today and asked if she'd be willing to try working with some of the spare bits of wood to make some things we might be able to trade with the first caravan we receive. She can't possibly produce all that much on her own, but if it's enough to salvage our image and maybe trade for some stone or metal then I'll be happy.

She seemed receptive to the idea, so with Rosewood's help she set up a little crafts station and went to work whittling some. I don't mean to put her on the spot, but we've all got to do what we can for the time being.

Speaking of which, I hope I can actually get a chance to head down to the river soon.

10th Felsite, 222

It's been a while since I last wrote, but today was definitely a day worth writing about!

I was down by the river, spending some time fishing in the hopes of catching something other than the frogs and toads I've been seeing lately, when Silver Rush came soaring over with a grin on his face.

He had great news indeed! Since the cold spell has been persisting, he's had enough time to chisel his way through the icy slush to hit stone!

I don't know if quartzite is special, since the name doesnt' really ring a bell, but either way a source of stone means we'll have that sawmill and some furnaces up soon. I hope within a week or two!

I'm sure Patina will be glad to hear that, and everyone else will too once we've got some personal bedrooms constructed.

16th Felsite, 222

The news continues to get better!

Silver Rush reported in again today with what he's found in the mines so far. Today he hit a vein of something called galena, which he went on to describe as being where lead comes from. That's good, I guess, since lead has its uses, but he also told me that it oftentimes contains silver too. Silver! We can mine silver and I don't need to say what that could mean for our economic prospects!

Add on top of that the fact that Patina is now working on that sawmill, and I must say that things couldn't look much better!

1st Hematite, 222

Our little family just got a bit bigger today. I wasn't expecting any new hands quite so soon, but I knew the Confederacy would be sending some sooner or later. Jack was the first to spot them headed our way from up north and flagged me down further down the river. I flew over to meet them, and quickly came to the realization that we lack a bridge over the river for visitors to cross... that will be Patina's next project I think. For now, the newcomers will just have to get a bit wet.

Yeah... going to need a bridge over that for the poor ground bound equines.This is the upper level of the fort; with the water surface being a z-level below.

Our new arrivals were:

A griffoness mason named Freija, who is married to,

A pegasus stallion carpenter named Dawn Star,

A pegasus mare carpenter named Sweet Birch, who is married to,

An earth pony stallion farmer named Green Acres, and who have a daughter,

A pegasus filly named Purity,

A unicorn mare soldier named Lucky Lands,

A griffon soldier named Fargo, and

An earth pony mare seamstress named Lattice Frame

And they're here just in time to help with the new harvest! Tunda told me this afternoon that she thinks the fresh crops are ready to be picked, so we'll have some fresh alfalfa, strawberries and blueberries to go with the trout I've fished up for us. Gunther and Tunda have also found some various other fresh fruits around, so our diet is looking nice and healthy.

Now, to figure out how to put all of these new claws and hooves to use. Housing is definitely the top priority.

Author's Note

Hey, that's me!

Entry as found on bay12.

[9] 19th Slate, 222

Taking a deep breath in order to calm his beating heart, Gunther used his free hand to try and smooth a few of his feathers down and at least try to look presentable. Breathing out again, he politely knocked on the section of wall that he personally considered to be apart of Isolde’s currently quarters in order to try and catch her attention. “Pardon me Ms Isolde, but is this a good time?”

The griffoness looked up from the notes she was paging through. “Hmm? Oh, sure, of course. What’s on your mind?”

Gunther found himself stuck on the spot as she turned her attention towards him. Her eyes were absolutely captivating… if she wanted to, he bet she could have spotted him from the heavens and swooped down to tear out his heart in mere seconds and he wouldn’t have seen her coming. Blinking his eyes and catching himself, he cleared his throat as he responded “S..Sorry. I just wanted to take a moment to thank you properly for inviting me along for this trip and for finding me something to do until one of the ponies breaks their leg.”

Bringing the hand that he had hidden behind his back out into the open, Gunther’s feathers seemed to gain a slightly reddish color as he presented her with a rose he had found a few days before.

Isolde’s eyes widened a bit as she reached out to take the flower. “Oh… thank you, Gunther. This is a lovely rose.” She pulled it close to examine the petals for a moment before looking back to him. “And you’re welcome. I’m glad to have you along. I’m hoping that we won’t have any need of your medical expertise anytime soon, but it’s better to be safe than sorry, and something’s going to come up eventually.”

She sat up a bit straighter. “I do wish we had something more interesting for you to do in the meantime though. I know that helping me to take stock of our supplies and looking for herbs can’t be the most interesting things in the world for you.”

“Oh, it’s not a bother at all. Working with you is an absolute pleasure.” Gunther was quick to answer before his brain caught up with what his mouth was saying. Deciding that stopping would only draw more attention to what he said, the doctor continued with “And to be honest a part of me is rather thankful that we haven’t had anything go seriously wrong so far. It allows us to hold off on the conversation on what’s going to happen to the body when someone dies. Always an awkward conversation…”

That brought a bit of pause, but Isolde figured that he was just joking. “Heh, yeah, that’s something I hope none of us have to worry about for a good, long time.” She set the rose next to her and said, “Maybe it won’t be too long before you’ve got somewhere to actually work though. I’ve been thinking that while we haven’t needed a doctor’s office yet, it probably would make sense to make that a bit of a priority. I’ve been thinking that if we build it a bit bigger so that your living arrangements are built into it, we could save some time and materials. That is, unless you object to the idea. I can definitely see how someone might want to distance themselves from work when they’re not working, if you understand.”

Gunther seemed to perk up a little as the conversation took a much needed turn for the better. “Oh! That would be perfectly acceptable for me. Besides, its generally better if I remain near the hospital and recovering patients. Allows me to respond to situations that may or may not arise faster.” There were also other reasons he didn’t mind in the slightest, but he wasn’t about to voice them anytime soon.

“What about yourself? Have you taken the time to consider where you are planning to set up your own little roost once we have the laborers and resources?”

“Ah, I’m glad you agree. Yes, that was definitely one of the perks I was considering.” She pondered his next question and tapped a talon to her beak. “I haven’t completely settled on any kind of urban planning yet, but so far the best I’ve decided is that we’ll probably want to put the houses down the hill. That way any furnaces we have won’t be spewing out smoke that then rises upward to the residences.”

She chuckled and shrugged. “I know, griffons prefer living high up, so I was thinking about seeing if maybe we could integrate the houses into the tree canopy somehow. I’ll have to talk to Jack about it and see if what trees around here are strong enough for that. It’s a shame we’re not near any cliff sides to just hollow out.”

“True, but if we hollowed out a cliffside I’d bet you the first silver coin we printed that one of the ponies would find someway to fall off and most likely die.” Gunther countered with a playful grin. “I have to admit I hadn’t considered the smoke from the furnaces. I’m glad we have your foresight to help guide us Ms Isolde. I’ll make sure that when it becomes time to figure out who gets to live in what tower, yours should be the tallest. Besides, by that point I’m sure you’ld love the chance to have such a wonderful place to bask in the sun.”

Gunther’s heart started to thump a little as the mental image entered his mind, but he quickly put it down with the promise to bring it up again later.

It was hard not to see how he felt about her, but she decided to let him stew in it a bit for now. With a little chuckle, she said, “Well, thank you, but as much as I’d like a nice, high place to roost I’ll have to consider a few things before settling on just where to, well, settle. I’ll probably have to meet with some people who can’t fly, after all, so at the very least any office I end up with would need to be on the ground. The two might not have to be the same structure, of course, but for now I’m trying to make as much use of our resources as we can.”

Gunther believed that he was keeping his feelings very much underwraps. Then again, perception was a tricky thing to do to oneself. At the suggestion of the ground floor office and the wise use of resources, the doctor offered “Well then, why not build a tower? Ground floor for the office, second floor for your bedroom and maybe have a garden on the roof so you have somewhere nice, sunny and peaceful to retreat to when you get tired of it all?”

She smiled gently and nodded. “It’s an attractive idea, certainly. Maybe I’ll see about asking Rosewood how much trouble it would be. The first step is figuring out of the trees are stable enough I suppose. That would be a lot more complicated if not.”

Nodding his head a little in understanding, Gunther sighed a little as he said “Fair enough. If you’ll forgive me I should get back to work with the plants. I don’t want to have to send a letter explaining to someones family that their idiot of a relative decided to nibble some strange plant and drop dead because I didn’t put a little warning sign in front of it.” There was good humor in his voice… as well as the tone of the long suffering.

Isolde chuckled lightly again and nodded. “No, that wouldn’t be good. Alright, I’ll let you get back to work. Take care.”

“You to Ms Isolde. See you around.” Gunther answered lightly as he turned to go about his own business. His heart seemed to calm down a little as a big stupid grin seemed to appear on his beck. That wasn’t so hard and she wasn’t unhappy with his presence. Good start!

[10] 5th Felsite, 222

The relative shortage of working hooves around Shadytrails saw to it that everypony helped with tasks that were outside their main line of expertise. Silver Rush was no exception. Although mining was its own reward for him, he had no problems pitching in when others needed some aid with their own chores and responsibilities. Today held one such occasion for him as he pulled a cart laden with freshly-cut timber over to the area designated for carpentry projects. The wheels rattled on the uneven ground as he drew closer to the fuchsia unicorn, “Hey Rose! I got the load you requested! Where do you want me to leave it at?”

Rosewood glanced up at the bat-pony, hammer suspended in mid-air spinning and turning this way and that. “Hey, Silver. Umm…” She glanced around then pointed to an empty area the right size. “Over there’ll be good, thanks.”

An ear twitched on the bat-pony’s head in response to her glum reply, “Alright then.” He towed the cart over to the side of a work bench and parked it there, loosening himself from the harness that attached him to his trailer. He then took a few steps closer to the mare, asking her plainly, “You don’t seem your usual spunky self today. Got your mind on something?”

She moved her head in a motion that could be taken either way, looking back to the floating hammer which continued to spin back and forth. “Guess so, but who hasn’t? It’s silly, nothing t’worry about, I should think.” She turned to the pile of wood and brought the hammer over, summoning a piece of parchment from near the workbench. “Now, what’s next on the list...?” She muttered, though it was obvious her thoughts weren’t on her skills.

“You sure about that? Now don’t get me wrong, I don’t want to prod into private matters if this is something you’re uncomfortable discussing. Still, I’d like to help my friends when I can. I’ve got a good set of listeners on me if you need to get something off your chest.” The stallion fluttered both of his tufted ears when he spoke that last sentence.

The unicorn couldn’t help a small smile. “I don’t doubt that, sir.” She lowered the hammer and the list, staring off into the distance. “I still think it’s silly, seeing how - as I said - everypony’s probably feeling like this, but… I guess I’m just a lil’ homesick.”

“Oh there’s no need to call me ‘sir’, I doubt I’m that much older than you,” Silver chuckles as he goes over to sit down beside the carpenter, understanding now what her plight was, “Ah, yeah, we all get bitten by that bug every now and then. I’m guessing you left family and friends behind when you decided to tag along with the rest of us, yeah?”

Rose nodded. “Yeah. Not that I haven’t been enjoyin’ it here! Maybe I’d like a lil’ more contact with them, but I know that can’t be helped. I don’t mean t’be complainin’.”

“Just stick it out a little longer. We should get a postal system set up here eventually. Then you can send letters back home about just how much fun you’ve been having.” The miner smiled, “For what it’s worth, I’ll do what I can to make this a warmer, friendlier place. Nothing helps with homesickness like having new friends.” He patted her on the shoulder.

She smiled and looked back at him. “Thanks. I’ve got quite a few stored up ready to post.” She glanced around at all the wood. “That’s a good load, thanks again.”

“You’re quite welcome. You’re quite the busy pony, so I help when I can. Especially if you’ve got emotional baggage weighing you down.” The fanged equine debated something in his mind, but finally decided to go through. He draped a membranous wing around the spikey-haired mare’s back, “Think a hug will make you feel better? I apologize if you’d rather not.”

She smiled and leaned into the embrace. “No, I’m fine with hugs. They’re usually the best medicine for blues.” She sighed again, then her ears perked as though she’d had a sudden thought. “Oh, anything of inspiration in the mines today?”

Silver felt a well of satisfaction when she reacted positively, “I’d say so. There’s definitely something poetic about that place. The way the orange light from the lanterns flickers off of the glittering quartzite in the walls. The echoes of water droplets dancing across the stony floor after falling from the dew-covering ceiling. The ephemeral, shattered sparks given off when that cold steel pick finds purchase in a vein of metallic ore…”

Rose’s eyes had grown wider and wider with every word as the images passed through her mind, ears focused on his voice. Sure, she was more of a carpenter at heart, but writing had captivated her too. “Sounds beautiful… I’m curious t’see that now…”

“When your break comes up, I can show you around inside. Don’t think you’ve been there since you installed the staircase. There’s a lot more room down there now that I’ve carved a tunnel into the side of the bedrock. How’s that sound?”

She nodded. “Sounds perfect. I shouldn’t have too much longer, I imagine you can wait?” She moved from his wing and picked up the list again. “If we’d like to head off faster maybe you could help me finish this current one off?”

“Sure thing! I’ve got all my mining finished for the day anyway. Just tell me what I need to do, since cutting and carving wood really isn’t my thing,” Silver admits, proceeding to do whatever he can to aid in Rosewood’s work.

[11] 26th Felsite, 222

Patina grinned happily as she stoked the fire. The charcoal had been prepared, she’d personally picked out a spot for her new forge, and had been as busy as a bee getting the furnace built from the stone given to her by Silver Rush. Now it was time to put it all to the test.

Meanwhile, from the direction of the fields a zebra mare in the delicious colors of chocolate trots toward Patina and her new forge. Besides her tunic, she wears a pleasant smile, and waves when she's close enough to be seen, before continuing forward.

Patina is too distracted by the flames and her imagination of the projects to come to notice the wave, or the zebra’s approach, until the mare’s shadow blocks some of her light, she jumps but seeing it is only Tunda relaxes, “Oh… Tunda you frightened me… Hello.”

Tunda chuckles and moves out from casting her shadow over the poor mare. "Hello, miss Patina Dreams. We've both lived here for months and never talk it seems."

“Mhmm,” Patina agrees, “Yeah… I guess we’ve just been busy getting everything together. Can I help you with something?”

Without pausing, Tunda lifts a knee and replies, "Yes, I admit this visit wasn't wholly to chat." She gestures at the newly-made forge with her forehoof. "I hoped to ask you to do me a favor with that."

Patina looks excited, her first request already, “Certainly Tunda, what do you need?”

Encouraged by the excitement, Tunda continues, "The tools I brought with me are old and worn out. Whether they'll last another few months? I have my doubts."

“I see,” Patina replies, “Well… they should be no problem to repair, though I’m afraid until we get some merchants, or Silver Rush strikes something harder than what we have right now, making new ones won’t be an option. We just have lead and silver to work with right now.”

"But silver tools would be so fetching, don't you think? I may as well tend my plot in a coat of mink,” she says, giving a small laugh.

Patina chuckles, “I could certainly give your tools some silver plating, if Mistress Isolde will allow it. I don’t think it would be quite strong enough as the core material though.”

"No, maybe not, but in this I'll defer to you. But if you could repair the ones I have, I would be grateful, with the rest of Shadytrails too."

Patina nods, “Sure, no problem, let’s have a look at them.”

"Uh, heh, well there's a funny story about that...I left them back where I plant." Tunda sticks out a hindleg, pointing the hoof back toward the farms.

Patina looks to her building fire, she picks up her poker and gives it a nudge, nods approvingly at the results then puts it back down, “Alright, let’s go get them, and I’ll see what I can do, Tunda.”

Tunda nods and leads her off towards the farm.

Patina follows and the two gather the tools and return to the forge. Patina looks them over and promises that she can restrengthen and reshape the metal, no problem.

While she begins her work she speaks to Tunda, "So, what brings you on this expedition?"

The lovely zebra stands just far enough away to not disturb Patina, but close enough that she can observe the process. "I'm a mare who enjoys seeing new places and making new friends. Wherever people have new stories to tell, I'll be there with an ear to lend."

Patina nods continuing her work, "You do tell interesting stories... Can I ask you a personal question?"

Tunda tilts her head, but nods. "Of course you can, Patina Dreams. When those go unasked, no deep friendship teems."

"Umm, so why the rhyming? It certainly adds a certain... flavor, to your stories, but... like now when we are just talking? Why?"

Slowly, Tunda's smile grows into a grin, and she breaks out into laughter. "Oh..." The mare tries to catch her breath. "I wondered how long until somepony wanted to know. The first reason I'll give is that it's mostly for show. Yes, it helps, that my peoples' language is my native tongue, for rhyming there is much more natural than in this one. But lastly I'll say one more reason and be done. The best reason to rhyme, you see... Is simply that it's fun!"

"Uh... okay then. I guess that makes sense," Patina is unconvinced but does not argue.

"It's also largely a habit by now you see,” she admits unabashedly. "But now I have a question for you as you did me."

"If you have questions ask away," Patina says, "I'll likely be working on your tools all day.... bleh now you've got me doing it."

Tunda lets out an amused chuckle. "Well I've met other ponies who've spoken like you before, and guess you're from Saddle Arabia, are you not? I've heard good things, but for me it would be far too hot."

Patina nods, "That's right. I was born, raised, and educated in Saddle Arabia. And its summers arecertainly too hot, but at least we don't ever have such cold as this. I'm glad it's finally warming up around here."

"As am I my friend. I like Summer more, all things told, but I should speak in defense of the cold. There was at least one thing that was nice,” Tunda says, gesturing at the forge. "For the metal we need to thank the ice. Though I still can't wait for Winter's end."

“I suppose so,” Patina says simply, “But I’m sure Silver Rush would have found another way to get at it, even without the ice so… I’m not that thankful for it.”

"Well now that there's stone, you should have some comfort at least. We could build a hearth for the hall where we feast,” Tunda points out.

Patina nods, "Stone for the forges, going to build a oven soon for heating clay, then I'll make a brick oven for Shortstack, a proper hearth and a chimney for our hall. Statues when I have the time... yes, things are starting to look like a home here."

"That they are, I must agree." Tunda looks into the forge, watching her tools begin to glow with heat. "And I welcome help for those like you and me."

Patina hums in agreement, tending to her work. “So…” Patina having exhausted the current conversation options, turns to gossip, “What do you think of our fellow expedition members?”

"Of the new arrivals I have little to say, as I haven't found the chance to meet them on any day. Have you spoken to many of them one-on-one? Do you think they'll fit well in our little retreat from the sun?"

“I spoke with Ms. Lucky Lands. The unicorn mare with the (sword?). She asked a lot of questions, but seemed really friendly,” Patina said, “I overheard the others saying she was rude, but I didn’t think so.”

"Perhaps she's nervous, being somewhere new." Tunda smiles kindly. "It's good she has somepony to speak with in you."

“Mhmm, I’d introduce her to Shooting Star so she’d have another friend too, but I expect they’ll be seeing a lot of each other anyway. Since they are both martial ponies,” Patina says.

Tunda makes a humming noise. "They are, but Shooting Star uses a crossbow, does she not? It may be they train in a different spot."

“I suppose that’s true… When Shortstack rings the bell for dinner, we should all sit together!” Patina declares, “You can get to know her some too.”

Though it means she won't have another song with Silver Rush, it's an offer Tunda can't turn down. "That sounds very nice, Patina Dreams. I couldn't refuse meeting a new friend as I'm sure you've seen."

“Mhmm,” Patina agrees, “Have you spoken with Shooting Star much before? I don’t think I’ve seen you two together much.”

Tunda shakes her head. “No, she’s another pony I’ve barely spoken with yet, but I’ll enjoy talking to her tonight, I bet.”

“She’s a nice mare, if… a bit too friendly at times. If that makes sense,” Patina says simply.

“Too friendly, you say?” Tunda isn’t sure it does, even if Patina seems the sort to need her space. “In...what way?”

Patina shrugs, “I don’t know… in that she is a bit… hoovesy. She likes to be close to ponies. I don’t really mind, but… a bit more personal space wouldn’t go unmissed at times.”

Tunda nods along, understandingly. “Some ponies simply need less of that, and don’t realize that others do…” her smile shifts into a mischievous grin. “Of course, there’s the chance she has a crush on you.”

Patina drops the tool she was using, but quickly recovers it before managing to respond, “What? But… that doesn’t… we’re both mares!”

The zebra snorts and starts to laugh, stomping a hoof to try and contain it. “Some...some mares are like that, though I shouldn’t assume for ponies I hardly know. But here I’m only teasing you, my dear doe.”

Patina doesn’t know exactly what to say to that, nods, and focuses on her work.

Tunda seems slightly cowed, making them both like other animals. She adjusts her braided brown-and-white mane with a hoof, and speaks, “You know I only meant to provoke a reaction? I hope you’ll forgive me for this action.” A joke at somepony’s expense is only funny when they laugh too...eventually, at least.

“No… it’s fine, I was just… thinking. Um… are uh… you ‘like that’?” Patina asks delicately.

She shakes her head, not apparently taking offense. “No, no, I prefer stallions, though I’ve known people who love all sorts. So long as no one is hurt, I have no retorts.”

“Ah, that’s good, so um… have any of the stallions around caught your fancy?” Patina asks, choosing not to bother to mention that there is still only the one zebra stallion around.

“Hm. ‘Fancy’ might be the wrong word to use, but there is one here that does always amuse… It will take time before I’ll know if there’s anything more, but I do wonder if there’s romance in store.”

“Well that’s good to hear, I wish you luck with him,” Patina says minding her work.

“Thank you, but you realize I must ask the same thing in turn. Is there somepony in Shadytrails for whom you yearn?” Tunda asks with an amused grin.

“Mmmm, no…. no not really. Silver Rush is friendly enough… but the bat wings, I don’t know, and Jack, well he reminds me of my father a bit… in a good way, but he’s a bit too harsh… and the stallions in the new group are married sooo… not really. Hopefully someday somepony will arrive for me, but it looks like not yet,” Patina says.

“With all the new ponies arriving, and the griffons and zebra not to mention, I’m sure it won’t be long until one catches your attention,” Tunda tranquily assures her.

Patina nods, “Speaking of relationships, have you noticed our little love bird? Doctor Gunther has been eyeing Mistress Isolde a lot. Don’t know what the Mistress thinks of him… but I think he’s smitten with her.”

“Hehe, ah yes, the doctor and I have spent time gathering herbs in the woods, and I would need to be blind not to see that. It’s plain for all to see, how he feels about a certain peach bird-cat.”

“Well… if Mistress likes him too, then I hope they are happy together,” Patina says.

[Some time, and more gossiping later]

Patina drops the last of Tunda’s tools into the bucket of cool river water, “There we go Tunda. All done.”

After giving a few moments for the steam to clear away, Tunda steps forward and picks up one of the trowels in the crook of her knee. “Thank you again for helping me, and even more kind of you to do it for free.”

Patina shrugs, “It is my job to do whatever work Mistress Isolde needs of me, and this kinda thing is what I’m really here for. This and building things like that.” Patina points at the sawmill currently being used by Rosewood and Jack Pine to convert another tree into planks of wood.

Tunda sees the structure and nods understandingly. “Of course, and you are paid for this indirectly, I guess. But I’m thankful for the work you do, nonetheless.”

“And I’m thankful for your work. We wouldn’t last long without your crops. When your tools get beaten down again, bring them back, and I’ll get them back in shape for you again.”

“Heh, I hope it is a long time before I need work on my equipment, but I will see you tonight for our meeting over aliment,” Tunda responds amicably.

“See you tonight then,” Patina says in farewell, before looking back to her forge, muttering to herself “Next, I need to make some nails for Rosewood, I wonder if the lead we have is strong enough to hold, if only I had something to alloy it with other than our silver. Hmm…”

[12] (Travel) The rivalry begins.

The fresh summer air, the birds singing, animals frolicking, and new migrants to the trading post of Shadytrails. While the place doesn’t live up to its name, with it being not that shady and having no trails for miles, ponies still thought it wise to travel here. Perhaps the idea of a new start attracted them? Who knows. Regardless, the group has two oddities standing out among the group. Two hired blades had come along for the trip, and while the two weren’t on the best terms, they were still friendly enough to not cut their throats over leftovers. One a gryphon, the other a unicorn.

The griffon had mostly kept to himself during the trip. He’d occasionally make a jest here and there or a pleasantry, but for the most part he was busy with the job at hand. He was focused solely on scanning the area around the group as they marched on, hoping to spot any potential danger before it happened. He’d go for hours like this without saying a word unless someone chose to intervene in any way. He was very large even for a griffon and was muscular and looked to be an older fellow. His wingspan was equally large, perfectly proportionate to his size. Regardless though he always walked rather slouched over during the trip, which it made hard to really difficult to appreciate how tall he was.

The unicorn however mostly stayed at the back, silently resenting her armor bearer and personal servant had been killed in the past week. Along with some slight resentment for the composition of the party, but she never made much of a fuss, seeing that as bad form for hired help. There’d be time for that when they finally reached the destination. She trotted in the clothing she had set aside for off-duty wear, seeing as she had no armor at the time due to the aforementioned incident.

The griffon was far more fortunate. He’d been wearing his armor whenever possible. He wasn’t particularly well armed, but it was certainly better than the unicorn’s situation. His chest was clad in bronze chainmail and he had a copper hat and a wooden shield strapped to his back. The shield was particularly beat up and had chips and a cut on it’s rim. Regardless of the damage one could make out what looked to be an X sloppily painted it in black against a green background. Also strapped onto the griffon’s back was a large halberd made of iron. It had some rust on it, but it’s blade was still very sharp and in relatively good condition.

The unicorn had been clad in rather bulky armor for the bulk of the trip until a few nights ago, however what had happened was in the past. Now she had a rather fancy -compared to the garbs of the others- set of underclothes to call her own instead of her normal attire. It wasn’t the best, though it certainly wasn’t the worst. It was dyed a light gray with her legs dyed a darker shade. Against her side rested a scabbard with a long sword sheathed inside. Said sword was rather new compared to the gryphon’s halberd, no sign of wear and tear at all.

The griffon kept marching on in front of the group, stoic as ever before straightening his posture and seeming very distracted by something. He’d come to a halt soon after his focus was taken away from their surroundings and brought to their front. He’d hold up his claw to signal them to stop before pulling out his halberd and shield and starting to slowly approach a large tree in front of them. He didn’t wait for the unicorn as he advanced.

“You’re being quite hasty. Smell a gryphoness in heat?” The unicorn snickers, following him, not caring for if he had seen something or not. Didn’t really matter to her. Any action would be good at the moment. Of course, she hadn’t unsheathed her sword, so anything that could show up would probably get a good few seconds to run or attack before she could retaliate.

The griffon tensed up a little when he heard the unicorn’s comment and grumbled a little. By now he was already peeking behind the tree with his shield raised, only to see nothing of interest. It must of been a squirrel or something that made made the noise that grabbed his attention to the tree. Once he felt it was safe he finally was comfortable enough to respond to the mare. “There is nothing behind the tree my friend... and you know a mare like yourself would do good to keep their mind out of the gutter.” He was actually rather angered by her comment, but he tried his best not to let it show.

The mare chuckled. “Yes, yes. Provided you keep yourself from going insane before we reach the destination, I’ll keep those comments to myself.” She turned around. “Now, let’s keep going. I’d rather have a more dignified place to sleep by the week’s end.” She began to trot back to the group.

He looked at her as she walked away and put his shield and weapon back onto his back. “You call it insanity, but if you were as insane as I right now maybe you’d still have some armor between you and an arrow.” He knew whatever attacked them before may still be out there, following them, looking for another chance to ambush them. It was their... or at least his job to keep these people safe, but this mare didn’t seem to be taking this seriously at all. “I hope you know just how bad of a situation we are in.” His tone wasn’t that of anger and was rather calm. He was trying to inform her as opposed to scold.

The mare had turned around by now, trotting back to the gryphon. “I understand just what we’re to be doing, my dear companion, however my main duty is to protect citizens of Shadytrails. Until we reach the place, these ponies are simply aligned to whatever town they left to come here.” She explained, returning the calm voice. “Regardless, I realize you may have problems with my justification. So be it. Now. Let’s get going, yes?”

The Griffon stared at her blankly for a few seconds, before making a small sigh and turning around. “Very well. Let us move on.” He said before starting to move forward again. He was very annoyed by this mare. Here she was being critical of others when she’d lost her own gear and made a fool of herself. She refuses to take responsibility for the protection of her party when she’s willing to sleep and eat with them, and to make things worse she wont stop trying to start drama with him for her own amusement. She was like a spoiled child, but made all the worse because someone gave her a weapon. “Also please, do not call me companion or comrade or anything along those lines, those are mutual things...” This time he sounded a bit annoyed, but still trying his best not to sound angry.

She begins to follow him, snickering. “It’s quite fun pushing your buttons. Do gryphons back home do this to ya a lot?” While she did know when to stop -preferably before getting beheaded by a giant halberd-, she did enjoy seeing the gryphon angry. Probably a bit more sadistic than she normally was, but it was just a gryphon after all. Stubborn and unable to enjoy the simple things, always looking for some ultimate purpose in their acts. That or this gryphon was simply unable to take teasing for what it was. She never meant the previous statement wholeheartedly. Suuure, she didn’t really like most of the ponies in the group, and legally, she wasn’t obligated to help them should they get in trouble, buuuut… Being chewed out isn’t what she calls a fun day of leisure.

The griffon always tried his best not to show her any real signs of distress or anger though he couldn’t help but seem slightly annoyed despite his best efforts. He could tell this one fed off of it, and it only made him hate his time with her even more. People like her always had to make things worse than they had to be, and be problematic whenever possible. “Either you're wrong on purpose, state the obvious, or ask stupid questions. You should try harder not to make a fool out of yourself.” If anything he wasn’t being angry at her, he simply was annoyed. Her existence during the this trip only made things more tiresome than they needed to be for the griffon.

The mare chooses to stay quiet, being done with her game, continuing towards the waiting group, motioning for them to continue moving towards the destination. “Come on Gryphon. Let’s go before we kill each other.”

He nodded slowly and waited for the group to start moving. “My name is Fargo...” He’s told her his name before, but he had a feeling a gryphon was all he was to her “and I’d never sink so low as to kill someone I have to protect.” He had to. She’d lost her gear and was part of the party regardless of how much he loathed dealing with her.

“Yes, yes. I suppose if we’re introducing ourselves again, Lucky Lands. Though I’m sure you need a refresher anyway.” She chuckles. “That was a joke.”

“Yes and it was very hilarious.” He didn’t chuckle at all, and just glared at her for a moment before looking back at the group.

“Good. Glad you have some ability to understand jokes.” She smirks, rejoining the group.

Fargo kept where he was in front of the group and just watched her trot away, fighting the urge to give a remark with all his will. He knew this was a situation where it was best just to let things go, and saying something in response would only serve to make his time here more stressful. He hoped if he kept quiet maybe Lucky Lands would have the grace of keeping herself silent.

[13] (Travel) Dawn Star's Journal: 14th Felsite 222 to 1st Hematite 222

[No image available]

Secret Journal of Safi DAWN STAR, penned in the thieves cant of the Navarre Desert Raiders. It is quite unlikely anyone this far north would know the script other then Freija.

14th Felsite
I... cannot BELIVE what just happened. About that merchant we've been tailing for a week now, we made the move tonight. I slipped over the wall, but stayed under the gaze of the guards patrolling said wall, and managed to sneak into that window Freija had noticed the other day. Turns out it wasn't locked, guess I owe her cookie for that bet. I brought my pinhole lamp with me, which was giving me just enough light to see but not lighting up the walls or floor to give away my postion. The target was just in front of me; an intricately wrought spoon, made of silver and bone and even menacing looking spikes of gold. I can't even fathom how you're suppose to eat with it, but I know that weird artifacts like this get get snatched up pretty quickly. Some of the collectors we know are willing to pay handsomely for unique items like this.

Still, all this was for naught, because of course like an IDIOT I managed to trip over some toy or something that had been resting next to the display case. Went headfirst into the glass doors, just as I was slipping my lockpicks from my cloak. Made a HUGE ruckus, the whole thing came crashing down on top of me. I heard the guards yell in alarm and a squawk of surprise from Freija just outside the window. She had been waiting for me to pass the spoon, and anything else I could get my hooves on, out the window to her, but was suddenly in after me, pushing the huge shelf aside so I could get up. I don't even know how she got through the window, I had to wiggle to get in myself.

Still, at that point, we had no choice but to bug out, the job completely blown. We couldn't even get back to our room at the inn, we had to skip town because the merchant's guards had called in the city watch, and they were combing the area for the pair of thieves that tried to break in.

I feel so STUPID right now.

...And I think I left my lockpicks at the scene. Great. Just great.

15th Felsite
We've spotted a small caravan leaving town. Freija thinks if we're quick and quiet, we can do a hit and run and be off with some of their equipment. That should give us enough to get by for a few weeks, provided we can find a couple other small groups like this, and maybe even give something to pawn off at the next town. It's a good plan, wouldn't be our first time living off the land.

16th Felsite
Ok, new plan. We've been tailing that small wagon group for a day or so now, and I think they're a little too well armed for a simple shakedown. They've got some unicorn gal with her squire, or whatever, and some big grif with a huge halberd that he looks like he knows how to use. Freija thinks she can take him, but I've got a better idea. We're already missing most of our stuff we'd normally travel with, all we gotta do is look beaten up and helpless and pretend bandits hit us up, and they'll take us in. From there, we can wait until they let their guard down, then rob them blind and hitch our way south.

Suckers.

17th Felsite
The rubes fell for it, of course. I'm going by Dawn Star now, as I figured Safi might be up on wanted posters by now. They didn't catch sight of Freija like they did me, so she gave them that name, for now. Its not like either names are our real ones; we've gone through so many aliases I've lost track of them all by now.

I did the whole 'crash through a couple tree tops' trick, and now it looks like I'm covered in lashes. I think I split my lip open, even. Of course, I tucked my wings back, under my cloak, A) to make the damage look a little worse off, and B) because I'm not a big enough idiot to risk breaking a wing like that. No, shut UP, you. All you had to do was roll around in the mud, I don't wanna hear it. Yes, I know griffon blokes always fall for the 'roughed up damsel in distress' bit. You don't need to rub it in, woman.

Anyway, a broken wing HURTS, and is annoying too. I seriously don't understand how Earth Ponies and everyone else WALK all the time. Don't their hooves hurt? I had broken wing ONCE, when I was back at the guild, and it was terrible. So... slow... getting... anywhere.

18th Felsite
O...k... Maybe they aren't complete dummies. At least, that big griff... Fargo? Largo...? Is that his name...?

Whatever. He, at least, seems to know what's up. Of course, he seems like one of those really annoyingly uptight, morally straighlaced guys you run into in the guard ALL THE TIME who just do not know when to take the darn 'donation' and look the other way. Even if it helps me, helps them, and doesn't hurt anyone. Except for the mark, of course, by whatever, you can't please everyone.

He might be onto us. Maybe? I'm not sure, but he hasn't let his guard down like the others have. Even the unicorn isn't so bad once she comes down off her Unicorn Privilege Pedestal. Looks like the old roguish charm is kicking in! Freija wants to get friendly with the griffon, see if she can chat him up and get him to soften a little, but I don't know. She's pretty as a button, sure, but it would be pretty bad if it backfired on us.

Getting him annoyed is definitely more trouble then it's worth, right now.

19th Felsite
So... something happened today. All these lashes and cuts I got to buy us passage into the group, I haven't been dressing super properly to drum up sympathy votes. Well, earlier this morning, after the morning chill had started to wear off, I took my cloak off to stretch my wings out, and the campfire conversation came to an abrupt stop, everyone staring at me.

Seems they thought I was a zebra this whole time. A ZEBRA, of all things. I guess the marks and slashes they figured were some stripe pattern, which means they didn't realize I was hurt, which means I didn't have to CRASH INTO A TREE in the first place. This whole time, they thought that.

For three days.

SHUT UP FREIJA, I CAN HEAR YOU SNICKERING

I guess SHE knew they didn't realize I was a pegasus, and just kind of played along whenever it came up. Guess no one confused what species she was, they just saw a poor griffon lass caked in mud and came to her aid.

Mental note for later: I know she's self-conscious about it, and even though we've been married for a few years now, I haven't had the heart to tell her that when she molts off her winter coat in the spring, she looks... remarkably like a plucked chicken. Yeah, if you're reading this, Freija, know that I am showing restraint with this fact. UNLIKE YOU AND YOUR SNICKERING.

21th Felsite
So, we've been doing some talking, and I think we're going to stick with these guys, for now at least. The surprisingly sharp eyed guards haven't given us a good chance to make a break for it yet, not one with some decent loot at least, and they say they're headed toward a new trade depot in the area. New trading center with not a lot of established venders... we might be able to turn quite the pretty penny in a set up like this.

If I get a hold of some of my trading buddies, I might be able to get them to send some of their people this way. Could skim a little off the top, make a little nest egg, take a bit of an extended vacation for once since we got married... It could work.

25th Felsite
The unicorn's squire, or whoever he was, got ambushed today. Looked like the poor sucker didn't even know what hit him. It was a clean shot though, and apparently they made off with the armor he'd been carrying this whole time.

Might have some professional competition in the area, it looks like.

28th Felsite
I think we're getting closer. While aloft today, Freija and I spotted a clearing with a cabin about a days walk ahead of us, it looks like. We must be getting to the outskirts of the town, if we're beginning to run into farmer's houses.

1st Hematite
Wait. Wait, wait wait wait. That's not a cabin.

That's the entire facility.

The whole town is a single building.

Oh, and part of a sawmill. Like that helps.

You have GOT to be kidding me.

Great, so now we're stuck in the middle of nowhere, weeks away from anything else.

Guess we'll have to play nice with the neighbors and fit in and stuff.

...we shoulda robbed and ditched these guys while we had the chance...

[14] (Travel) Lattice Frame's Diary: 9th Slate 222 to 1st Hematite 222

[There are several missing pages ripped out before this, and slight water damage to page]

Lattice’s Diary, 9th Slate, 222

The griffon ‒ the same one from yesterday ‒ looked surprised to see me so soon, but he hardly complained. He marked on my map where the destination was and gave me instructions as to where to go after the caravan drops be off at an assembly location where I’ll meet to rest of the party.

He seemed surprised at how I brought my own traveling supplies. I guess it isn’t that common. I guess they don’t get a lot of ponies capable of making their own out of quality supplies (I didn’t expect quality provisions from them). I knew that I had the supplies and skills to make a tent, bedroll, and jacket; I’d definitely be happier over the long journey with quality supplies. I also brought a map, fire-kit, knife, compass, canteen, and a waterproof pouch for my Diary and other things (Including a sentimental sewing kit I couldn’t live without). They were expensive, but since I liquidated most of my store I still have over a thousand bits left, in varied denominations. I also bought a small, metal case with a tumbler lock on it to store them in.

I had him mark on my map where the outpost and rendezvous village were; I must admit I was concerned about how far south the outpost site seemed to be, doubly so since there’s little in the way of tailoring supplies. My map labeled the region “Cloverbuck”, but it didn’t have any settlement yet there. That makes sense, though, since a “new outpost” is new by definition. Not terribly surprising that they’d send me there when I asked for “far away from here”. They probably have less ponies willing to go there, considering it’s both cold and in the middle of nowhere.

The caravan leaves tomorrow, and when I asked if I could stay for the night he said I could use one of the merchant rooms, and that if his boss had issue he’d cite the value of the kit items I didn’t need as covering the rent. Maybe I’ll see him again; he said his name was Jack Sharpbeak. He seemed nice enough, I guess.

I met a few of the caravan members already; it’s a mixed race group (but there aren’t any buffalo), and some of them seem nice, but a few of them are really cold. The latter group makes me kinda nervous, but maybe it’s just me.

P.S. I realized I didn’t bring any medical supplies, which was silly of me. I snuck back to my shop (I left the property to my family, so it’s technically not mine anymore) and grabbed the paltry medical kit I kept; it’s mostly bandages and some salves, as well as a sling I made a few years ago. I’m hardly a trained doctor, but I like to think myself above average. Or at least average. Bandages aren’t very complicated either way.

Lattice’s Diary, 10th Slate, 222

Well, this is it… my last morning in Buckington. The caravan is all set up and departing. The merchants and ... the guards seem nice enough ‒ or at least dedicated to their job ‒ even if they have different uniforms. Is that normal? I guess it makes sense for a large merchant organization to use multiple sources for caravan guards.

Well, this is it. The last day of my old life and the beginning of the new one ‒ no, my new one. I hope this works out...

Lattice’s Diary, 11th Slate, 222

Second day on that road now, and soon to be my second night. I don’t have anything terribly interesting to write about, other than that, while I have a nice enough bedroll to be asked where I got it (to which I thanked them for the compliment and said it was my own work), it’s still going to take some time to get used to sleeping on the ground. I only have a few hundred bits left of my old life, so I would welcome commissions if there were time. The caravan master said that I’d be waiting for a little while at the town the group will be launching from. Maybe I could do it then; more bits never hurt anypony. I’d only be able to do so much without equipment, though.

Lattice’s Diary, 13th Slate, 222

Buckington finally disappeared over the horizon behind us as we traveled today; and already I feel better. As they say, “Out of sight, out of mind” and it holds true here. Otherwise most of the caravan has ignored me with the exception of necessary conversation like the route of travel and supply management. Unfortunately, one of the guards ‒ a unicorn mare named Lucky Lands ‒ has been … unpleasant to be around. I understand that my first impression back in Buckington wasn’t the best since I spent the whole time worrying and looking over my shoulder, but it’s not like I’m going to kill her as she sleeps or anything to remotely justify how she’s just oozing passive hostility. It could be worse, if the attitude she holds for her armor-bearer is anything to go off of. Is she oblivious to or just uncaring of the angry glares she gets from him? I hope she doesn’t accompany the group to Shadytrails, at least if she doesn’t shape up her attitude.

Tomorrow we’re going to pass through the Hooved Mountains, after which we’ll be arriving at a town.

Lattice’s Diary, 17th Slate, 222

It was a welcome change to be able to sleep on an actual bed. It wasn’t up to par with what I was used to, but it was leagues better than a tent outside. Lucky Lands is still being an insufferable companion, and while she’s a little better now, it’s not a significant improvement. So far, I do what I can to avoid her, but there’s only so much place to stand in the caravan.

Lattice’s Diary, 23rd Slate, 222

We arrived at a sleepy little hamlet called “Farmville”. Which is a stupid name for it, since they don’t grow a lot of food. At all. They do export a good amount of wood, though, if the cleared forests are any indication. It’d have been nice if some of it went to use in building an inn, since all they had was a (barely) sheltered pavilion. I guess it’s better than nothing. I pitched my tent away from Lucky’s. I wanted to see if I could get some time without being bombarded by disdain. A mare can dream, right?

Lattice’s Diary, 1st Felsite, 222

The start of my first full month since I left. It's been frustrating dealing with the passive hostility Lucky is far too willing to display, but it's still preferable to having stayed in Buckington. Otherwise, things are looking good. I also overheard that Lucky is contracted primarily by Coupledye, and is just traveling with them for mutual convenience until she reaches her destination. It's good to know she isn't headed to the Cloverbuck outpost.

Lattice’s Diary, 6th Felsite, 222

The caravan master said we’d be arriving in Glennsdale tomorrow, and that it was the final stop with them for any headed to the newly-named Shadytrails. Much to my dismay, Lucky Lands was accompanying, as was her servant. We were told that we were probably going to be the first to reach the rendezvous and that we would be leaving for Shadytrails on the 15th of Felsite. I guess the three of us were the only non-local ponies going, since there’s just over a week allowing for them to arrive. I just hope there’s a place to stay ‒ away from that insufferable clod pretending to be a mercenary ‒ I’m beyond sick of my tent. I may have worked hard on it and would claim it to be one of the highest quality, but you can’t argue with a bed. It’s not like I’ll need a lot of bits in a newly-established outpost.

I’m surprised they need a seamstress, but I guess it’s important since it’s so cold. When a reputable seamstress offers services and simply wants to be “far from here” as the sole condition, it makes sense, even if I won’t be needed too much for making clothes for every~~pony~~body.

Lattice’s Diary, 7th Felsite, 222

I can’t believe what just happened. The inn I’d been looking forwards too just turned from a dream to a nightmare, when the innkeeper tried to bed me ‒ even though I’d paid in full for the night, he still did it. Nothing happened this time since I pulled my knife out, but I opted to get a refund and sleep outside. At least it’s away from that damn guardsmare… She would probably laugh at me if she knew, too. Lucky probably saw the aftermath of what happened and the hasty exit on my part, and how the innkeeper gave me a refund greater than what I paid to save his reputation. I guess seeing a mare pull a knife~~‒-~~

The writing abruptly stops here and is resumed later, a slight trail of ink running from the last word.

I dropped my diary when I heard hoofsteps approaching. Thinking he was coming back to me, I pulled my knife and readied myself to leap. It wasn’t any stallion, but it wasn’t much better either. Lucky Lands poked her head in my tent and found a knife at it the same moment. She’s evidently not respectful enough to knock or something. Anyways, she asked about what happened, and she might just have a soul. Might. After it became clear she wouldn’t let it go, I eventually told her what happened back in Buckington, and she was seemingly sated by it. It would have been nice to get some emotional support, but considering the pony in question, the lack of it is entirely unsurprising.

...It would still be nice, though...

Lattice’s Diary, 11th Felsite, 222

Lucky hasn’t said anything since that night, and I’m guessing her servant didn’t notice since I’ve not even seen him. I spent my time in my tent or near it. Somepony heard I was a seamstress (maybe from the aforementioned servant), and asked if I could fix something for them. I did it happily, and while I didn’t make any money, I did do some barter. I’m glad I could get some more ink, since it occurred to me that there might not be any to buy in Shadytrails.

There’s still no sign of anypony else showing up. We’re due to leave soon, and I don’t want to stay longer than I have to.

Lattice’s Diary, 13th Felsite, 222

A family & a griffon guard arrived today, the latter consisting of an earth pony farmer named Green Acres, his wife, a pegasus carpenter named Sweet Birch, and their ~~daughter~~ bundle of cute named Purity. The parents seemed nice enough, but I was wary of spending too much time around the father. The griffon was huge, and he said his name was Fargo. I was a little intimidated by him, but he was pretty nice, if quiet.

Lattice’s Diary, 15th Felsite, 222

Nopony else arrived, and today we’re set to leave. I’m somehow the only one prepared with a detailed, scaled map and a compass, so somehow I got put in charge of navigation. Or maybe they’re just lazy… I mean there is a trail. But I couldn’t help but be prepared on account of my mother being a professional who worked as a caravan guide, and then as a mapmaker when she settled down with dad. It’s a shame I couldn’t have brought one of her maps, it would have been nice to have a reminder of home.

Lattice’s Diary, 17th Felsite, 222

A pair of ponies showed up today, a griffon mare and a cloaked pony … zebra? It was hard to tell if that was dirt or stripes on him, and I wasn’t the only one. The griffon was muddied up, and she said they’d been set on by bandits, and asked if they could travel with us. Safety in numbers and all, I guess. Something doesn’t seem right, though. They don’t look very “robbed” and their clothing isn’t damaged at all. I was going to offer to patch it up, but when I was about to I noticed that they may as well have taken off the clothes when they fled with us being none the wiser. The more I think about them, the odder it seems. They have an odd mix of supplies for traveling, too. I only got a passing glance, but they seemed ill-prepared, and I doubt the thieves went rummaging through their bags. Fargo seemed a little suspicious too, but neither of us said anything. At best, a knowing look.

I hope they don’t try anything.

Lattice’s Diary, 23rd Felsite, 222

...I never even got his name, and he’s gone. Lucky’s servant was set upon by bandits, who ran off with her armor. I’m only really concerned since she’s less useful as a guard without her things.

Lattice’s Diary, 27th Felsite, 222

We just passed what looked to be the Perechon River on my map, meaning we’re in the general region of Cloverbuck. I told the others to keep an eye out for signs of passage or buildings.

Lucky never did give any indication or sorrow for losing her companion, even though it’s been a few days now. I’m concerned that that I’d have been more surprised if she did… At least she’s mostly leaving me alone. I can’t say the same for Fargo, though, who doesn’t like her. She does do her best to annoy him, so it’s justified.

Lattice’s Diary, 1st Hematite, 222

I’m terribly confused. Why would they send me to a town that literally has one building? It sucks, and there’s no fabric to work on here. At all. I don’t think I was the only one surprised at this, though. I can’t really complain, it'll be nice to have a roof over my head. I really don’t like that I’ll be sleeping in the same room with everybody of both genders, though.

Isolde, a griffoness, is the expedition leader. She assigned me to masonry work with with a unicorn mare named “Patina”. I didn’t get a chance to explain that my name didn’t follow the name-career trend well, since that, while a lattice can be made of cloth, it usually implies stone. Maybe some of what Dad taught me about his work could help, though he usually worked in mixed material structures. I mean it’s all about the attention to detail, right?

Well … assuming you want a safe house to live in.

Other than that everything seems ok here, and hopefully it’ll grow into a community I might just find a place in … a place to be happy again.

Author's Note

This had been two separate posts, but I merged them.

[15] (Travel) Fargo's Journal: 15th Felsite 222 to 2nd Hematite 222

15th of Felsite

Today I left town with a group of migrants heading to for an outpost. They couldn't pay me much, but it was all the could afford and I've been in this town for too long without any work. I couldn't exactly say no seeing how I don't much money left, so any work is better than none. At least they're willing to feed me during the trip, so it's not all bad. It's probably for the best I come along too, I've heard of highwaymen harassing unarmed people on roads around here, and they'd stand a good risk of getting hit without anyone with a weapon around to scare off any problem makers.

16th of Felsite
It's been a single day, and I already have problems with this "Lucky Lands" unicorn that's coming along with the group. She looks at me as if I am an animal and is as polite as a homeless drunkard. She at least doesn't seem to talk much (thankfully), but I hate working with people like this. She's a mercenary too. For all the bad a soldier does at least they have a cause. A mercenary is all the bad of a soldier with none of the few redeeming qualities, and now I have to ~~work~~ deal with one for the next month or so.

17th of Felsite
Some random hobos showed up on the side of the path today. They were all beaten up and covered in mud and looked horrible and the like, had a nice sob story too. I've been at this job long enough to know the risks of hitch hikers and beggars. If you've been hit once you learn quick not to trust random people you meet on the road. I hate how those who take advantage of the good will of others make it impossible to offer kindess without fear of being taken advantage off. I tried to talk some sense into the migrants about how they could be thieves but they were so naive. They decided to let them join us on our journey regardless of my advice. I do not like this. Now I have to keep an eye on our surroundings, deal with the lazy mercenary (Which I have came to learn has her own armor bearer who's akin to a slave from what I can piece together. I swear she keeps getting better and better) and now I to keep an eye on the group I'm supposed to protect.

20th of Felsite
I'm having a hard time with this Lucky Lands person. I cannot trust her to keep guard of the group. She seems to feel like she holds no responsibility for them even though she is perfectly fine eating their food and sitting by their fire. I do not trust her to keep a sharp eye on this group. I feel like her lack of diligence is going to get the better of us soon.

25th of Felsite
I hate this job. I nodded off for five minutes and I am woken up by a scream. I let things go unguarded for just a little bit and someone is gone. All we could do was run like damned cowards. I hate this. There no justice here, only a dead body left behind to rot.

To make things worse Lucky seems as if she isn't even phased by this. The pony who died was her armor bearer too damn it! She talks as if it was an unavoidable part of traveling but I've been escorting people out in the wild and guarding caravans for years and I rarely see any death. I cannot handle this ~~pony~~ foal...

28th of Felsite
I've not been sleeping much. I don't trust the mare to protect anything here. She lost her armor, even more reason not to trust her to be able to do a thing. I can't let my guard down for a second. Those bandits who put down the armor bearer could still be out there, trailing us like wolfs in hunt. I'm not sure we've moved fast enough to lose them if they were following.

This wouldn't be so bad if Lucky Lands could keep that mouth of her's shut and actually work. Her words are sharp like knives and she isn't clever enough to dull them with wit. I cannot help but wish she was the one hit by an arrow.

~~I'm getting too old for this...~~

1st of Hematite
We finally got to the "town", only turns out this place is more of a large shelter in the woods than a real town. At least they have a bed and free food, so it's already better than the last place I was at. Regardless though, from what I've seen they have very few guards and there is no wall. I fear this place is unprepared for any sort of banditry. I talked with the lady who runs this town. She tried to downplay their position, but I really do think in the back of her mind she knows how vulnerable she and her people are. It is a good thing too, as I was able to talk her into giving me a job guarding this place. She said wont be able to pay me for a while, but honestly it is little concern to me. What I'm really worried about is what could happen to the people here if they had no one to protect them, and I also feel like I should work for me food, seeing as I'm stuck here for a while until a caravan or something shows.

Anyways, I finally can rest now that I know there are other guards who are competent.(They have beds too! glorious beds! After being stuck sleeping on the ground for a month this heaven!) Hell, the first thing I did after talking with Isolde was sleep until it was dark out...

2nd of Hematite
I've spent my first day on the job walking around trying to meet people and get a feel for the town. Everyone seems friendly enough... save for one. I don't like the looks of this "Jack Pine" person. I swear I've seen him before. Oh yes, I know have. I plan on having a little talk with him. I don't want him causing any troubles.

[16] 1st Hematite, 222: New Arrivals

1st Hematite, 222

With the news from Jack that some people had been spotted headed their way from up north, Isolde takes to the skies and glides over the tops of the trees to get a look for herself. Spying the group nearing their clearing in the woods, she flies their way and touches down just short of them. With a wave, she smiles and says, “Hello everyone, would you all happen to be looking for Shadytrails?”

In front of the group there was a large griffon wearing bronze mail and copper helm whom was armed with a halberd and wooden shield. He looked the peach colored gryphoness over before putting his halberd on his back and approaching her. “Yes, yes we are.” He hoped to the gods his unicorn “associate” would have the decency to stay silent while he spoke with Isolde.

The unicorn of course, did have the decency, however she elected to stand next to the much more imposing gryphon. She simply stared at the gryphon, awaiting any notion of needing her to speak.

“In that case, let me welcome you to our little settlement,” Isolde says in a slightly joking tone, waving her claws around to the trees surrounding them. “It’s not much to look at yet, I’m afraid, but we do have warm food and somewhere to sleep indoors at night.”

The griffon about had a heart attack the moment the unicorn stepped forward to stand with him. He had a feeling she’d say something foolish, but when she kept silent he relaxed a little. He’d then look around at their surroundings the moment Isolde gestured. “Yes... I see.” He was under the impression this place was more established and was more of a real outpost than a small shelter in the woods. “I take it you aren’t quite done building up, eh?”

“Not by a long shot,” she replies, turning part way back toward the settlement. “If you’ll excuse the joking earlier, everything is back this way. We do have a lot left to do, and housing is at the top of our list right now. I’m really hoping some of you know a thing or two about carpentry.”

A few murmurs come from the others, affirming that someone present at least knew how to stick boards together.

The griffon seemed a little concerned about their situation. “Are you guys well protected? Do you have a wall or enough armed people to hold back any sort of problem?” The group had ran into some trouble earlier, and he was afraid this outpost would be a sitting duck if anything bad happened.

“We have a couple of trained guards that can run off any wildlife or the odd wandering thief, but that’s it. We haven’t had time or resources to devote to any prepared defenses yet, although there’s not a lot out here to attract trouble anyway.” Isolde starts leading them deeper into the woods and toward the clearing ahead.

The mare follows the two closely, keeping closer to the gryphoness leading them, despite the complete lack of any protective gear, maintaining her silence.

The griffon didn’t know what to do. Here he was expecting to drop this group off in town and look for someone else needing some sort of escort or protection while traveling, only to find there really was no town and by extension anyone looking for protection, and the place he’s going to be staying at is ill defended and in the middle of nowhere. “I really didn’t come here expecting to be migrant. I was paid to escort this group and nothing more... and I must ask how many guards do you mean by A few?” His voice sounded of sincere concern.

“How many guards? Um, literally a couple. Two. A zebra named Kiume, who’s good with swords, and a pegasus mare named Shooting Star who’s good with a crossbow.” Isolde chuckles nervously. “I know it’s not exactly ideal, but bringing the two of them with us was taking up a fifth of our space as it was.”

“Please understand I am by no means trying to be critical. I’m just worried you’re little um... outpost might not be prepared for a real danger. You see, me and my er-” He looked at the unicorn for a moment, trying to think up a decent word to describe her. “Um, ‘associate’ here ran into some trouble on our way here. I can tell you that there are some things in the woods that two armed guards aren’t quite prepared for.”

The unicorn speaks up finally. “Yes, we lost one on the way here. Sad. My armor bearer was killed, along with the expected armor stolen. Sad, yes, but considering we were a group of ponies wandering the cold, harsh, unforgiving winter…” She chuckles. “Inevitable. Not as sad as I would be though.”

“I’d like to let you know I have no prior experience with Lucky Lands here, and I had no knowledge of her ways before agreeing to escort this group.” She spoke damnit. She said something. Immediately after she finished speaking the griffon was visually distressed. Now the old bird has to try and distance himself as far away from her as possible before she spoke again, else she could make him look bad through association. “And I find it to be a disgrace that a member of our party fell under our protection. Regardless though, we were under same impression as you until we were ambushed by what I assume where bandits.”

Isolde freezes in her tracks and wheels to face them. “Someone died on the way out here because of bandits? What? What happened?”

“My armor bearer was out frolicking -or whatever their kind do to pass the time- and got ambushed by some bandits. Me and my companion were able to reach them before they found the group-” Lucky begins, her tone less caring than intended.

Fargo cut her off by speaking a little louder than her and putting his hand up to signal her to stop. “I heard a noise of someone yelling and when we went to investigate we saw the poor pony on the ground. Later on we learned he had a arrow buried in his chest but at the time we didn't’ know and he wasn’t dead yet. We knew something was wrong though as the armor bearer was curled up on the ground and the armor missing. Whatever it was must of been spooked when they saw the armored guards and chose to run, but they had the decency to shoot a few arrows at us before falling back. We tried to follow but they were lost in the overgrowth and were faster than us. Once we figured we’d ran them off we went to check back up on Lucky’s um... servant...” He felt uncomfortable referring to him in such a way, he did have a name after all. “Tragically he’d been curled up holding onto the arrow buried in his chest. It must of been a good shot as he bled out quickly and was dead by the time we returned after running the enemies off.”

Isolde holds a claw up to her chest. “That’s terrible! Is anyone else hurt? We have a doctor here.”

“No but it is still a tragedy. Regardless though we were quick to run away. We had set up camp for the night so we had to leave a lot behind, but I made sure we left quickly before they had time to come back. We took every precaution to ensure another of the group members wasn’t ambushed.”

With a more somber tone, Isolde says, “That’s good. I hate to hear that happened… but there’s enough of us and protection here that I think we’re safe. Especially if you’re sure enough that the bandits didn’t try to follow you?”

“We didn’t see any sign of them after the incident and I’m certain they didn’t follow, but I cannot make any promise.”

“We’ll have to hope that they didn’t,” Isolde murmurs. “But… we can worry about that later. For the moment, we should get you all oriented and get you something to eat and drink.” She resumes on the trail through the trees, and the sound of running water begins to become evident.

“Yes that would be for the best.” The griffon was really more interested in taking a nap than eating. He hadn’t been sleeping much since the incident with the bandits. “Also, I do not mean to disrespectful, but I honestly believe from what I’ve heard and seen your town could use some extra protection while it gets on it’s feet. Perhaps I could assist for the time being, eh?” He was genuinely concerned about how this town would hold up, and the cat-bird wasn’t one to let a business opportunity go to waste. He was probably going to be stuck her for a while anyways so he might as well try to make the best of it.

Isolde looks back as she keeps walking. “I won’t turn down an offer for help, of that you can be sure. There is a bit of a catch though. See, we’re operating on a bit of a budget deficit here. That is, we have no budget. No money with us, really, except whatever personal bits we brought. I definitely could hire you, but you’d have to wait a long time before we could possibly pay you. It might take a year or more to get it all back paid.”

“The date on which I am paid is of no matter so long as I know I will indeed get paid. The thing I’m really looking for is food and a place to sleep at night.” He looked at over at her and grinned a little “And of course it’s always nice to know I’ve done some good, eh?”

“I believe a courier was up here some time ago, no? My first five years are covered by Coupledye. I suppose you’re still dependent on them?” She chuckles. “Regardless, should those five years run out before you have any assets to pay the Raven’s Claw for my next five years of service, there may be a distinct lack in help.” The unicorn says. “If you do not have the document, I prepared for this and have an extra stored away. Handling papers and all is necessary, after all.”

“Coupledye? The pony kingdom’s capital?” Isolde tilts her head a bit. “We do a lot of trading with them, definitely, but we’re, uh… let’s say independent. Of course, we wouldn’t mind the help, and do have contracts with them if yours would cover that.” She turns her attention back to Fargo. “Well, shelter and food we definitely have if that’ll tide you over. I’m happy to have another armed guard around in case something goes wrong, and we can go talk with Kiume about it after everyone gets settled in if you want.”

Fargo nodded at that “Very well, but um...” He tried to think of a way to put it. “I feel like before we make any agreement I should let you know that I am not a mercenary, or a soldier. I am a guard, and my profession to protect and keep the peace.” He wanted to make sure his potential employer knew that he wasn’t a common sellsword. “And I’d also like to reserve the right to leave your employment at any time.” he wasn’t grinning anymore, and he had a very serious look on his face, and the tone in his voice was equally serious in nature.

After the Fargo had finished speaking, Lucky spoke up once more. “Yes, and while I won’t fault you for being… Slow in the uptake of settling here, my main purpose of being sent here was to observe the military undertakings here. I presume that will be of no problem?”

“Heh, you spend less than five minutes talking to her you already demand housing and claim to be a spy. Perhaps that wasn’t a good idea, eh?” Fargo sounded as if he was talking to a foal. His time with Lucky had made him critical and short with her, and try as he may he couldn’t fight the urge to correct her.

Lucky chuckled. “A gryphon would accuse only a pony of spying without prior knowledge of intent.” She turned to face Fargo specifically. “I have simply been sent to observe. If anything illegal or anything that’s even suspected to be illegal occurs, I have no special protections.” She turns back to face Isolde. “I apologize. May we continue?”

“Observe?” Isolde asks, getting a bit mixed up in whatever they were talking about. “You mean Coupledye sent you to see how we were protecting ourselves?”

“Essentially. However, I am also legally required to protect and serve where possible. Before you question what’s in the contract, the observation was added postscript. There is not official documentation. I assume there’ll be a revision soon.” Lucky responds, sounding much more official compared to seconds earlier.

Fargo just sighed and looked away when Lucky responded to him. He swore every time she called him “griffon” to her it was the equivalent of an insult. He simply hoped the peach colored Griffon in front of them felt as much spite in the statement as he did. Of course he was probably perceiving more spite than there actually was, but after dealing with the mare for weeks he knew damned well she didn’t exactly think highly of his race. He wanted to give a witty remark back at her, or correct her, but he knew bickering would only make things worse because it always did.

Isolde nods slowly. “Yeah… okay. Um, we can discuss the details of that a bit later if you want.” It sounded too complicated to sort out in the middle of the walk back anyway. She again turns her attention to the other griffon. “To get back to what you were saying, if you’re not a mercenary then I’ll have to figure out exactly what kind of contract you’d be working under. Arranging one that allows you to just up and drop it whenever you want is going to be hard to swing, but I don’t think you’d have to commit to anything more than a month or two at a time if that’s okay with you?” She shakes her head slowly. “Speaking of which… I don’t think we’ve exchanged names yet. I’m Isolde Hookbill, functioning representative of The Confederacy.”

“Lucky Lands, ex-military advisor, now swordspony, of the second Regiment. Raven’s Claw mercenary company.” She says, nearly stumbling over her words. The ‘ex’ part is probably an on the spot thing.

“I am Fargo.” He stopped for a moment before realizing he probably should give some description of his credentials, “I have eight years of military experience and I have been working as a guard and or escort for thirt-” He stops for a second, as if he caught himself. “uh, eight years as well and I even come with my own armor, eh?” It was low quality armor, but at least it was something. “And it a pleasure to meet you.”

“A pleasure to meet you both too,” Isolde assures them. “Experience will definitely be a good thing. Kiume and Shooting Star have a few years apiece themselves, but I’m sure they’d be happy to have help that knows what they’re doing. Equipment is good too, since we don’t have access to much yet. It’s all on the todo list, but until we get a strong trade route established either with headquarters or a nearby settlement we’ll have to deal with what we can find or dig up out here. So far that’s not much of economic value.”

“I’m sure if you dig deep enough you’ll find something you can use. Still though, I trust you have some place for me and the group to rest?” As hard as Fargo had been trying to seem strong as ever he couldn’t hide the fact he was honestly running on empty, and looked tired as could be, even compared to the other’s in the group. “I haven’t exactly been allowed much sleep since the incident.”

“Of course, right this way,” Isolde says, pausing at the river. “I’m afraid we don’t have a bridge yet, so some of you migh get a bit damp…” She treads through the shallow water to show that it wasn’t too deep or fast. “I’ll go speak to our cook, Shortstack, and see if she can rustle something up for you all. In the meantime, if you head to that building right there…” she says, pointing to the only substantial structure in sight, “...there’s enough beds, tables and chairs for you to all get off your feet and get some rest.”

As much as Fargo wanted to head off to the building and finally get some sleep, he made sure to wait for the group to cross the river successfully before he even considered flying across. He still had to protect them, as they weren’t in the fort just yet.

With everyone across, Isolde points again to the building and says, “Okay, go ahead and make yourselves at home. I’ll be back in a minute to finish discussing things and get everyone oriented.” She turns and starts toward the stockpiles, surrounded by little worksop areas, in search of their cook and current guards. There was going to be a long discussion coming up. Best to get those relevant ready, and some food so they wouldn’t all be too hungry to think.

1st Hematite, 222

Fargo had been sitting inside of the main building for a little while, waiting as Isolde processed the migrants and took care of things. He waited patiently for his turn, hoping his turn would come up soon so he could go take a nap. He had a hard time fighting back the urge to nod off, as he no longer was standing and didn’t need to be on guard, but he was able to fight through it and keep himself alert.

Isolde decided to wait to handle Fargo and Lucky last since she expected that their cases would be the most complicated, but at last it’s the griffon’s turn. Isolde finishes writing something down about Sweet Birch and waves to get Fargo’s attention. “Alright Fargo, if you’ll take a seat over there we can get you sorted out.” She points to the chair across from her.

Fargo stood turned his head to Isolde as soon as he heard his name called out and smiled at her before getting up. He left his halberd and shield where he was sitting as there would be no need for them and walked over to take the seat she pointed too. “I take it is my turn now?” He seemed rather pleased to finally be able to take care of this.

“Mmhmm.” She looks up from the paper she’d been paying attention to and says, “Okay, so, you say you’re interested in working for us as a guard, right?”

“Oh yes. I’d be very much interested in helping protect this place” he was still smiling, “And I’m sure you could use the help.”

She nods. “We’re hoping it won’t be necessary, but I’m not too idealistic to know that it probably will be one day. Okay, so, with that said, The Confederacy does employ guards in different capacities. Sometimes we do hire mercenaries, but they usually want too much money and are oftentimes a bit, let’s say, unreliable. You’re not a professional mercenary you said, right?”

“Yes I am no mercenary. I’ve been working as either a caravan guard or an escort for travelers. You know you can never be too safe when on the road?”

“Absolutely.” She nods thoughtfully. “Well then, I think that might actually be the best way to hire you. I can work up something similar to a caravaner’s contract for you. They’re usually paid based on getting to where they’re going, but I can rework it so that it’s on a basis of pay over time. I’m pretty sure there’s precedent for that.”

“I’m very much alright with that, though I would personally want a copy of the contract.” He went silent for a moment before speaking again. “And um, it’s nothing against you, it’s just a formality. I hope you understand.”

“Certainly, no problem. I’m happy to have someone who actually cares to read them.” She notes something down. “As for the terms, well, I take it you’re familiar with caravan guard terms if you’ve done that before. It’ll be about the same thing, just treating everyone present in Shadytrails as someone under your protection. Officially that would only cover Confederacy employees, but… I’d highly encourage you to treat any visitors with the same level of care, if you understand?”

“Trust me, as far as I’m concerned that contract is just there to ensure I get paid. As far as I am concerned my job is protect the fort and the people in it.” His smile died down for a moment and he looked her dead in the eye. “And please, do let whoever is in charge of the guard know that I refuse to kill a person who is surrendered or running away. My job is protect, not to kill. I do not wish to harm something that no longer a threat.”

She nods eagerly. “I’m glad to hear that. We don’t have any soldiers out here and we’re not waging a war. Keeping the peace is what matters, not putting people in graves. Fortunately we haven’t had to test that in practice yet, but both Kiume and Shooting Star seem to have pretty level heads. I think you’ll find working with them to be easy enough.”

“Yes, but I have seen how some guards act when a thief who has failed to steal anything runs or surrenders. Some people pick up a sword because they want blood.” He kept silent again “And I have yet to meet yours, though I do trust they are not this way.” Now that he’d gotten that out of they way his smile returned. “Anyways, do you require anything else of me?”

“Once we’ve got the big picture settled, no. The last detail was that of payment. Like I said earlier you won’t be getting paid for a few months at the very least. You were okay with that?”

“As long as I get money sooner or later there is no problem...” He looked over at lucky from across the room. “And uh, before we end this though I feel like I need to discuss something briefly.”

She raises a claw. “Of course. What is it?”

“Lucky Lands, yeah. um.” He looked down for a moment and tried to figure out how to word this. “I hate to do this sort of thing, but um, If I were you I would not hire her services.” He was quiet as he spoke so not to let her hear, even though she was nowhere near listening distance. “She will only cause you problems.”

Isolde flicks her eyes toward the unicorn briefly. “I… see. I’ll keep that in mind, but if there’s anything you want to tell me specifically, that could be done later in private if you wish.”

“There is little I have to share, that would be more helpful after you speak with her.” He leaned in a little. “She doesn’t think fondly of our kind.” He looked rather angry for a moment. “Did you not hear her when we down by the river? I’ve had to deal this for weeks.” He said before backing away again. “She’s a mercenary too.”

The griffoness nods slowly. “Mmm, right. I’ll keep that in mind.” She notes something down and says, “In any case, I won’t have the paperwork for you finalized for a while yet, so if you want to go get some sleep, feel free.”

“Very well, and thank you for your time.” He stood up and held out his talon wishing for a handshake.

She happily returns it. “Gladly, and thank you for expressing interest in working with us and for what you’ve done so far.”

He shook her claw. “And thank you for the opportunity.” He let go of her claw before looking over at one of the beds. “Now you excuse me I’m going to go pass out.” He said before starting to walk directly for the nearest bed.

Lucky Lands adjusted a crude jacket on her, all that she was able to get after the armorbearer had been killed and all. She had been waiting outside the main building for the longest time. Immigrant processing was always the longest part about heading to a small town to work there. Regardless, she waited until the last pony out had had a chat with the griffoness in charge. Trotting inside, she immediately began speaking. “I suppose I am the last pony, am I not?”

Isolde smiled weakly and set her papers aside. “I think so, yes. Sorry about the wait.”

“No worries, I prefer to let the… Others go first. Assuming you are going to be continuing our little bit of hiring from earlier, I am prepared to discuss that.” She trotted over to the desk and simply stood at the other end, making eye contact with her.

“If you’re interested, yes.” Isolde brushed the feathers from her shoulder back and said, “I believe you expressed some interest earlier in working as a guard for the town?”

The unicorn chuckled. “Yes, you could say that.” Her horn lit up as she pulled a folder out of her jacket. “Everything contract wise is in here. ‘Tis already been paid for, but it couldn’t hurt for the pony in charge to look at.” She set the folder on the table, the corner of a document peeking out. “To be quite honest, this place is of little value to me as a pony, but under the threat of execution and or dishonor and various other things back home, I’m probably better following the contract.”

This wasn’t getting off to a great start. Isolde can’t help but remember what Fargo warned her about as she began eyeing the document. “Yeah… okay. Um, hang on a second while I check this, okay?”

Looking through the document, it looks to be simply official sounding things conveying a rather simple message. Assuming what the unicorn has said before, the first year of service is covered by Coupledye -oh joy-, however it mentions nothing of the sort here. Along with that, it appears the unicorn is not above the law, however it makes no mention of if she is falsely accused… Along with this, there is also no mention of actually caring about what happens to anyone not of the outpost…

Isolde reread some bits of the contract a couple of times before she set it aside. “I see. This is a bit unusual in a few ways, so, if you don’t mind me asking… how exactly did you come to be employed by Coupledye like this? It seems that your loyalty should be to them, right?”

“Quite. However, I do not tend to deal in politics. Perhaps they’re making sure this uh…” She pauses for a moment, considering her words. “Confederacy doesn’t turn into a greater power. If you have any questions towards them, I propose sending a letter. Besides that, I was hired and told to observe and protect when needed. If they were to march here and order me to return to rank and file soldiering, it will be them I listen to. Apologies, ma’am.”

There wasn’t much precedent for this sort of thing that Isolde was aware of, so she’s going to have to wing it. “I see,” she repeats. “You’ll have to excuse me if that seems a bit… concerning. Don’t get me wrong. Free labor isn’t something I’m keen to turn down, but knowing that you’re not exactly committed to working for us is a bit of a snag. Especially considering what services you’re offering here.”

She feigns a frown. “Well that just makes me feel special.” Her expression returned to the more expressionless face. “The chances of that happening are very low, however I do have to make one little clarification. Should your Confederacy put someone higher in the pyramid than you, I am sworn to protect them over you and so on until you reach the top.” She chuckles. “Though, that’s unlikely to happen. Place’ll be burnt out in a decade at most.” She mumbled to herself before shaking her head slightly. “For brevity’s sake, I am to be one hundred percent loyal to you unless actions you take fall against my contract or against the wishes of Coupledye.”

This really wasn’t encouraging Isolde to accept Lucky as an armed guard, but curiosity is getting the best of her. “If they hired you I would expect no less. How would I know if we’re doing something out here against Coupledye’s wishes? And what happens if we do?”

Lucky simply shrugged here. “To be quite honest, Ma’am, I don’t know. My best guess would simply be mobilizing the forces for an attack, raiding caravans, seizing goods without pay, et cetera. You’d have to send a courier out to Coupledye for an exact answer.”

“After what you’ve told me I think I will be,” the griffon answers. This was actually a more than a bit concerning. It sounded almost hostile from Coupledye, even if it was possibly just Lucky’s interpretation and wording at work. “In any case, I assume that means that if I, say, dismissed you that I might be inviting more trouble from Coupledye?”

She shrugs once more. “Five years at minimum if you’re paranoid. Besides that, do so at your own risk. I myself don’t care how long you keep me around so long as I am not mistreated and that I am paid.”

Isolde quickly jots down to send a letter to Coupledye with their first caravan demanding an explanation for this. Or… one back to HQ to do the same for her. “I don’t intend to see you mistreated by anyone, and if your first year is really covered then that solves those two issues.” She folds her arms. “I’ll be honest. I don’t know what to do with you if all of this is true. I think I’m going to have to send some letters and wait for responses before I can say for sure, which is going to take a while as you might appreciate. In the mean time, you can stay here and make use of any facilities we have. If you want, you can talk to Kiume about protecting the town, but I’m going to leave it up to him just what you’ll be doing.” She raises an eyebrow. “Is that acceptable?”

She nods. “Yes, just ensure that everything that is detailed in the contract is followed. I’d rather not get a delay on my pay because of a technicality.”

“Of course. Don’t worry about that,” Isolde assures her, putting the contract atop her small stack of paperwork to review later. This was going to be a fantastic headache to deal with later.

“Glad you understand. I suppose there isn’t any sort of barracks or private sleeping quarters at the moment? I could not see anything, but who knows what the bat was digging out.”

The griffon shakes her head. “Afraid not. What you see is all we have so far: a shelter with shared bunks. We’re working hard on improving that in the coming months, but it’s all we have.”

“Alright, well, I shall take what you have for now. I suppose all you need now is personal information, transfer of citizenships, et cetera?”

“Anything you can give me,” Isolde says, trying not to sound weary.

Author's Note

Combined due to mutual relevance and being on the same date.

[17] 2nd Hematite 222: Introductions

2nd Hematite, 222

It was midday and the unicorn Patina Dreams was busy in her work~~shop~~space, she had a lump of stone on her table, and was carefully chipping away at it with a chisel and hammer held aloft by her magical touch. She had a book next to her open which she referenced before each strike.

A shimmer of light comes off this mare, hitting Lucky Lands in the eye, the source, the unicorn mare’s gold. She had a circlet around her head, pierced by her horn, and bracelets around both forelegs. Such opulent wealth had no business being in such a place as Shadytrails.

Lucky blinks for a moment after nearly being blinded. “Gah… That stuff yours?” She asks, still blinking, turning slightly.

Patina blushes, “Oh.. I’m sorry, did it shine in your eye… I just cleaned them this morning. Sorry… but yes, they are mine.”

The unicorn nods and her vision unblurs itself moments later. “So… You own these?” She asks, looking at the various jewels, admiring them -even if she didn’t want to admit it. “They’re quite expensive looking…”

Patina nods looking at her right bracelet, “I assume so… they were gifts though, and I’ve never had them appraised.”

Lucky shrugs. “They look nice… A bit uh… too nice to be a luxury to a common pony.” She chuckles. “You get dragged to this dump through contracts and stuff too?”

The young unicorn places her hammer and chisel down on the table, “Oh… well… this is the first time I’ve ever been on a job quite like this. But… Mistress Isolde took me in and gave me work when I really needed it… so here I am.”

“Oh. So the griffoness cares for you? A mother figure, I assume?” She asks, backing up slightly from the table, turning to face her fully.

“Mhmm, no… not like that. Just a… patron. She has money and resources, and I have skills she wants and needs… so I offered to serve her, and she accepted,” Patina gestures to the half finished wood and stone sawmill behind her.

“Ah… Well, I assume you’re being paid well for all of this? Such high quality work deserves high quality pay.” Lucky asks, examining the sawmill as she speaks.

“Paid?” Patina looks genuinely confused by the notion.

Lucky sighs, turning to face her. “Money, gold… The thing that turns the world.”

“Oh… I don’t know. Maybe in a year or two, when we have everything set up, and things to trade with other places, I could get a stipend… but we never discussed it. I trust Mistress Isolde will give us what we need to get by.”

“Ah. Well, if the griffon decides to avoid paying, I suppose you’ll be needing some form of pay? Most ponies don’t work for no pay.” She trots closer to Patina, keeping a respectable distance between the two.

Patina looks a bit uncomfortable, “I don’t… I mean… Mistress Isolde is very kind. You just got here, so you wouldn’t know that, but she is. She isn’t going to just toss me back out on the street.”

She shrugs. “Juuust saying and all.” She lifts a hoof, looking down towards it. “Should you ever need some money, I can let you borrow some from my pay. Provided you can pay it back and all.”

“Oh. That is very generous of you,” Patina says happily, “I will remember your offer if I need it, but I don’t believe I will. Thank you anyway.”

She nods. “Anyways… You work with masonry and all this, yes? Oor is it a hobby?”

Patina nods proudly, “I am a trained architect and mason… but my true passion is for my art. Metal crafting, stone carving… The sand here is good for making glass… I haven’t done that before, but when the sawmill is working, I might give it a try too. If Mistress Isolde says I can.”

Lucky nods before chuckling. “Any reason you call her Mistress? I’m sure the griffon won’t mind being talked to without any honorific, no?”

“Is Mistress the wrong honorific?” Patina looks embarrassed, “I’m sorry, it seemed like the one that best fit her position.”

Lucky shakes her head. “Nooo, nooo. Mistress sounds too formal… At least for now. Wait until she hobnobs with the wealthy. Then use Mistress.” She chuckles.

“Until… but… isn’t she already wealthy? She’s organized this whole expedition,” Patina says with some surprise.

“The wealth is most likely in the debts she has by now.” She explains. “The cost to outfit and maintain something, even if it’s this small, would be too much to handle with one person’s payroll. Maybe she is wealthy enough to handle the costs with no debts, but in my opinion?” She chuckles, raising her hoof again, inspecting the underside. “She’s swimming in debts.”

“I… see…” Patina says with the voice of somepony that has just realized they may have made a terrible mistake, “But… still, Shadytrails should be very profitable for her in the long run. Right?”

She shrugs. “Probably. Don’t know enough about the intended purpose besides some Confederacy backing her.”

“Oh? Didn’t she tell you when she interviewed all of you?” Patina asks.

Lucky shakes her head. “Nah. It was mainly me explaining the terms of my hiring.”

“Oh… well, we are situated right on a crossroads of at least two trade routes. We’ll be able to offer a place to rest and things to trade to merchants passing through this area… once we are step up of course… which requires me to get this blasted saw mill working… it’d be so much easier if I had some steel…”

“Ah… Well… Interesting. Unsure if it’ll make the money required.” She says before shrugging. “I suppose the bat should get to work then, eh?”

“Silver Rush? Well, he did find some lead and silver ore already, just no iron yet,” Patina gets a dreamy look in her eye, “but think, we are sitting right here on a motherload of silver… I can’t wait to get at it. Trust me, when we are ready, ponies will come from all over to trade for the things we make here.”

She nods. “I trust the ponies in charge to succeed, however I am required at minimum to stay here for five years, regardless of what happens soo… We’ll see how it plays out in that time, eh?”

“I suppose so… Oh gods, I’ve been so rude, I’m sorry, I didn’t introduce myself, my name is Patina Dreams,” the unicorn mare says suddenly realizing she doesn’t know the name of her conversation partner.

The other mare raises her hoof, chuckling at the mare’s sudden guilt. “Noo, noo. It’s fine. Lucky Lands. Pleasure to meet you.”

Patina holds out a hoof towards Lucky, “Pleasure to meet you too, Lucky Lands.”

Lucky returns the gesture, nodding before quickly removing her hoof. “If you excuse me, I have some business I need to handle. Talk to you later?”

Patina nods, “Yep, I have a sawmill to finish anyway. I’ll see you at dinner, if not before. Talk to you later.”

Lucky turns and nods, trotting off to who knows where.

As the forest won’t de-forest itself, Pine Jack is again out on the edges of camp, logging down a couple thick logs. Special requests for logs that can gap the leg deep ‘river’ this time. It seems the new migrants never learned the doggy paddle and Isolde and Patina want him to solve help the problem with lumber for a bridge.

Pine Jack leans on his axe and takes a moment to wipe the sweat off his brow. Then something above him give him an unexpected relieving bit of shade ...

The object casting the large shadow over Pine spoke out “Hello there my friend.” It then walked in front of the lumberjack. In front of him stood a griffon who was large even for his kind. He was wearing some mail made of bronze and had a halberd on his back and a shield strapped to one of his forelegs. “Mind if we talk a little?”

Pine Jack quirks a brow at him. He doesn't have many friends to start, and this new stranger sure ain’t one of them. He gives an annoyed little huff. “Sure, long as you’re comfortable walking and talking in a sec. A quota is still a quota. You’re one of the new migrants right?”

“Yes, yes. I’m indeed one of the new guys.” He was smiling, “And I don’t mind at all.” He made sure to still stand in front of the pony, and kept his eyes on him. “And, if you don’t mind me asking, how long have you been working here?”

“Been working here the past few months... Isolde claw picked me for the job. What you want me to whip out my credentials?” He slumps off his axe and moves to the next tree needing felling.

“Yes, I can see she has good choice in her workers.” He said, waiting until the pony had his back turned. “You know, I was a caravan guard a few years ago. It was good business for a while and made good money.” He kept waiting, wanting the woodcutter to swing his axe.

“Oh, good for you. Worked the Mist Valley Trade Road or the South Coast Circuit? Still wonder’in why you’re tellin’ me this enthralling information.” He says, winding up for a swing.

He kept speaking waiting for just the right moment to act. “It’s just... I think I’ve met you on the job before. Thought I’d come by and see things would suddenly click together-” As if on cue, the moment Fargo finished his sentence was punctuated by a sudden blunt pain all over jack pine's side as well as a great force bashing into him.

The wind is knocked out of him and he’s sent prone, axe skittering away from his telekinetic grip.

*Omf!* “The hell?” He angrily cries out through the pain in his side and the sudden disorientation.

Fargo lowered his shield after successfully bashing the pony to the ground with it. He then picked up the metal axe and threw it away as if it were made of wood, hoping to get it far away enough to be out of the range of the pony’s magic. “Shut up. I know exactly what you are.” He walked so he stood over the pony, and looked him dead in the eye.

“I’m clean! I’ve been out of the game for six years! Six years doin’ honest!” Jack Pine says, shakily getting to his hooves, and stumbling. “And if you’re expectin’ me to come to an epiphany an’ suddenly realize who you are? Grovlin’ with an apology? I’m sorry, but I’ve robbed a lot of caravans, I’ll need another detail or twenty.” He painfully exhales out.

“Do I look like I want an apology?” He said, before reaching down with his claws. “Your kind kill and steal as if the world yous.” He got his talon’s around the pony’s neck. It was tight, but not enough to choke the pony. “I’ve seen my fellow men die to your kind, and it’s my job to keep this town safe.” He had no way of knowing if the unicorn wasn't lying about going clean, so he chose believe it was a lie.

“Yeah?” He choked out uncomfortably. “Sympathies for ya, but never harmed a soul. Never! And not plainin’ on it!”

“Sure...” Fargo then started to lift the pony in the air, looking him coldly in the eye as he did so. “I don’t care about what you did, just what you are.” His claws tightened a little, and dig a little into the back of his neck. “Tell me what you plan on doing here.” First his group of travelers get attacked by bandits, and now he finds one among the town’s folk? He’s probably just a spy or something.

“Chopping wood, benefiting society. I’m done with that life, done look’in over my shoulders for ... “ Pine narrows his eyes at him as well. “ ... psychopaths with a grudge.”

“I am not that thing, my friend.” He starts to tighten his grip making it hard for Jack to breathe, his claws digging in deeper and starting to pierce the skin on the back of pine’s neck. “Now, tell me what you're doing here.” He spoke calmly, and leaned in towards Pine, still looking him right in the eye.

“Ask - Isolde - for - my - record -” Jack Pine gasps. “or - kill - me - go - ahead.”

Fargo kept tightening his grip, “Tell me!” That was the first time he’d let any anger show in him. He was practically choking him out. By now his talon’s were really digging in. For Jack pine it would feel as if the bird was trying to break his windpipe.

“Es-cape ...” Pine nearly whispers out, unable to breath and drifting in and out of consciousness.

The bird kept him like this for a few more moments, before suddenly loosening his grip on the pony. His claws were still dug into him though. “Damnit...” He figured if Jack was lying he’d have cracked if he was afraid of death. He didn’t though... Either this pony was really dedicated to not screwing his other bandits over, or he was telling the truth. “Tell me. Does Isolde know about your past? Do all of them know?” He waited for the stallion to catch his breath before responding.

After a minute, regaining his composure.“It’s in my public record if they want to know. Three caravans, three years. Three years busting my balls in the frozen tundra for this Company for the charge! And I was so damn good they hired me on payroll after!”

“I asked you a question. I very much expected an answer.” He tightened his grip again, though not nearly as much as before.

“No! Isolde, she might. She handled background checks ... other than that they got no reason to ...” Pine says in as earnest a tone he can for being crushed in the throat

“Alright.” loosened his grip again. “Here’s what’s going to happen then. You tell nobody about what happened here, and I don’t let it fly that you are-” he caught himself “were, a filthy a bandit and if you give me any reason to think you've lied to me here, or that you're a threat to the town, I’ll let them know, or even worse, you’ll disappear.”

Pine Jack gives him a slight solidary nod, as much as Fargo’s grip could allow, to tell him it’s been duly noted.

Fargo nodded as well. “Very good.” He then finally let go of Jack, letting him fall to the ground. He’d probably feel a lot better now that he didn't have griffon talon’s dug into his neck. “It was good talking with you.”

Pine Jack just scrambles back from the griffon, gasping.

“I’m sorry for choking you within an inch of your life, but please understand my concerns.” He said, starting to walk away, not bothering to help the pony up.

Pine Jack just rubs his throat with his hoof, coming to terms with what exactly just happened. After a couple minutes goes to his axe, which was thrown so hard it was embedded in a trunk. Ripping it back out,he bitterly asides "With good, friendly, loving neighbors like these, who the hell needs enemies?"

[18] Journals: 20th Slate 222 to 3rd Hematite 222

20th Slate, 222

My idea hasn't worked out so well. Not yet at least. I think I'll hold off on entries until I actually have something good to write about. Repeated reminders of negativity are bad for the soul.

10th Felsite, 222

Finally! Finally all my hard work has paid off! I’ve struck a layer of quartzite! Now Ms. Dreams and the others will have plenty of stone to work with. That’s excellent news for Shadytrails and for me a much-needed picker-upper! I didn’t have a sample of quartzite in my collection yet, so this’ll be a nice addition. The sample I picked is a pinkish-gray with a lighter hue mottled across its surface. Quite the looker.

That’s not what has me the most excited though. Oh no. The quartzite pales compared to what else I found: a cluster of tourmaline! It’s a deep indigo color and I know it’ll be much more impressive once it gets cut and polished. It may not be the watermelon variety I have sought after, but it’s pretty close! I still so stoked! It's going to be hard to sleep tonight.

16th Felsite, 222

Things are looking ever better: we're sitting on top of an incipient lead mine! It's Hackamore all over again! I found a sizeable cache of galena today, a mineral quite familiar to me. I know that even the trace silver contained in it will be more valuable than the lead itself, so that's going to be a definite boost for our economic prospects.

2nd Hematite, 222

Turns out we got to see some new faces yesterday. A handful of migrants have made themselves a home here in Shadytrails and I plan on getting to know them. Here's to hoping for the best!

23rd Slate, 222

The last few days have been rather fun. Been talking with Mistress Isolde about how to organize the town as we expand. We've got this big hill and a slope leading to the river. Mistress Isolde wants to build the housing at the bottom of the hill, so that the rising smoke from my (and later other ponies') furnaces carries the ash and stuff up and away from where we live. That's not a bad idea, but I was a bit concerned that that might cause a lot of damage to ponies' houses if the river ever floods. I think we've settled on building on the far side of the hill from the river for now. If major flooding ever looks like it might be an issue we'll have to figure something else out though.

I heard some griffons suggest building houses in the trees! A crazy plan. The trees will grow, breaking things, or die and fall over. It could be done, but it would hardly be a permanent structure. If Mistress Isolde says anything about it to me, I'll advise against it.

I was thinking that a watchtower on the hill might be a good idea though. Someplace for Shooting Star (and the rest of the guards) to rest from flying while still being able to keep an eye on everything.

10th Felsite, 222

Stone glorious stone! Silver Rush struck solid rock today. Finally, I'll have something work with. I had a look at the sample he brought up. I think I can turn it into gears for the sawmill that won't break or slip or wear down too fast. Then when that's done, I'll need a funace to work at. A place to make charcoal of course. Will I need a different furnace for glass blowing? I don't know. We'll need a different one for pottery though, since we have all this clay. Wish we had someone who knew about that though, I'll just be guessing. Oh so much work to do.

16th Felsite, 222

And Silver Rush lives up to his name! Shadytrails has struck SILVER. Well, galena an ore containing mostly lead, but also enough silver to get excited all the same. As soon as this bloody sawmill is finished I'm going to start smelting. I can't wait to start crafting again... oh, but I'm so out of practice... I haven't been near a forge in a year. I'll start with some projects in lead before I touch the silver bars I think. Maybe a lead figure for Mistress Isolde to use as a paper weight.

1st Hematite, 222

A bunch of new arrivals today. Two more griffons and a bunch of ponies.

2nd Hematite, 222

Had a chat with one of the new arrivals. A unicorn mare named Lucky Lands. She seems nice.

3rd Hematite, 222

Journal... we may have a problem. One of the new arrivals, Lattice Frame, somepony said she was an architect. There is barely enough work to justify one architect here in this town, let alone two. I don't know how experienced she is... but if she is, what if she figures out I'm a fraud? I can do this job, but, I can't let anypony know this is the first real work I've ever done. If Mistress Isolde finds out, she might kick me out into the wilderness, or have my tongue cut out for lying to her, or worse.

I need to go lie down, I feel sick.

20th Slate

There's little to say lately, as things have been pleasant and peaceful. Sometimes having little to say is a blessing, I've heard it said. While my work in the fields continue, I've been looking for herbs with the doctor, though not beside him. He seems to often roost in high places, that alas, I can't follow him to. That I could, I would follow and try to lift his spirits if they need it...if not with words, then by the image of a zebra trying to climb a tree.

10th Felsite

Icy ground gives way

To relentless search for stone

Fading warmth brings hope

I heard tell earlier that Silver Rush finally accomplished his goal, and found not only stone, but precious metals as well. I was very happy to hear, and had to congratulate him. Now that it can be done, I'll be Patina's first patron, if she would be able to make me some new tools.

1st Hematite

Ah, how kind fortune can be! Just today, I was toiling away under the spring sun, picking the juiciest crop of berries I've seen in all my years. The blues and reds amongst green stalks was a sight prettier than a meadow! ...And more pleasing to the thunderous rumbling in my stomach. Despite it, I almost began to feel discouraged, seeing the endless ranks of bushes and alfalfa shoots before me and to my flanks. In my ambition to feed the town myself, I'd sewn the seeds of my own failure! For I am only a single mare- quite a mare at that, many agree- but alone nonetheless amidst my prey and predators.

I might have faltered then, lain in the soil for an afternoon nap, for even in legends of great heroes, no mare stands against an army on her own. Suddenly, the goddess of Fortune came to me and lifted my head with her sweet hoof, and pointed it towards a wonderful sight. Our peach-pinioned protector and princess of prosperity, Isolde, marching at the head of a column of ponies and griffons, come to reinforce me in my struggle, and share in the spoils!

I know now how the beleaguered soldiers in songs of pitched battle felt, seeing allies come to their aid just when times are bleakest. Perhaps I'll tell such a story in the hall tonight, as I can think of no better welcome to Shadytrails. And maybe afterward, Silver Rush wouldn't mind a duet?

Author's Note

The story on the forum connects roughly to here. Some of the scenes after that point are already covered, but it should be easy to identify them, even if some aren't dated.

If you want to join read up until the present , there's a second wave of migrants later.

[19] ★ Isolde's Journal: 3rd Hematite 222 to 10th Galena 222

Isolde's Journal - 3rd Hematite, 222

Now that we've got real materials to work with and some processed lumber, I've taken to planning out some of our future living space. Patina has had some very useful input on that, pointing out that the river might be a possible flood hazard. I hadn't considered that, and that would be quite disastrous.

Nevertheless, if we're going to build below the smoke line, there's only so much room. I've asked Jack Pine and Silver Rush to start clearing out some extra space though, so maybe we'll have more room soon. Maybe we can take some of the broken up earth and start building up the river banks a bit too? I'll have to ask Silver Rush if he knows anything about that. If not, maybe Patina does.

I wish it was possible to see the map before you embarked, because it frequently gives me nasty, hilly terrain like this. Oh well, what are you going to do?

I also have to be careful not to put the homes and such too close to the mine, since that's not going to be a quiet place. Then again, underground, it might not be so bad.

11th Hematite, 222

We've had a bit of a badger problem lately, which hasn't been good for morale or productivity. I'm not sure where they came from, but we had some even wander up into the camp and attack one of the new ponies!

Nobody got hurt, but Kiume and the other guards are probably partly to thank for that, since they chased most of the badgers off. Maybe we can get back to work now?

Well, no ponies, griffons or zebras got hurt anyway. Maybe the rotting badger carcass will serve as a warning to others. Or just scare the citizens every time they walk past it.

The new furnace we set up next to the mason's shop should be a good place to start. We're going to need a lot of charcoal soon, probably more than we can reasonably produce. Once we have some though, I'll see if anybody wants to try their luck at smelting some of that galena. Silver Rush or Patina might know enough about that to give us some lead to work with.

15th Hematite, 222

Patina has been taking well to the new forge and made me this cute little paper weight to try her hoof at working with lead. Oh dear, if I keep collecting gifts like this from her and Gunther I might soon run out of my meager personal space to keep them.

At least we're finally putting our lumber stockpiles to some use. We laid the first foundation for the new homes today. I considered a few options and I think what we'll try out is individual homes of fairly modest size. If it looks like we'll have the materials and labor then we might give the couples something a bit bigger, since children can take up a lot of space, but we'll cross that bridge when we get there, as they say.

I suppose the same applies to the tree houses I discussed with Gunther. It's a great idea, but for the moment I'll just have to be practical and get as many people sheltered as quickly and simply as I can. It shouldn't take too terribly long.

Close to the mine after all. Oh well, good thing they don't actually make noise in DF.

21st Hematite, 222

The first house is complete at long last! I've decided to give it to Rosewood, since she's been pretty much the mare behind its construction. I don't think anyone will complain or contest the decision either, especially when we're on schedule to have more put together very soon.

I'll write again when we've got a bit more done. At a week each, we should all be sleeping inside before you know it.

27th Hematite, 222

We now have the beginnings of a nice little neighborhood popping up just down the hill, with five houses finished or nearing it.

We've also got a lot of stone blocks stocked up, thanks to Patina and Freija. I'm not quite sure what we'll build with them first, but I'm leaning toward a dedicated guardhouse for the guards to train in. Hopefully we won't need it to hold any prisoners any time soon, but there's always that possibility.

Another thing worth noting: Silver Rush has been quite busy since he finished smoothing out some land to build on, and has come across some very interesting things underground. We've got some new gems of some kind called schorls, and he found some marble.

I'm not sure how valuable the gems are, but marble I know can be pretty valuable if you know who to sell it to. Of course, the trouble there is transporting it, and I don't think any traders just coming through town are going to want to haul lots of it around. We'll see. If not, then it'll certainly make a nice addition to the town some day in the form of decorations.

26th Malachite, 222

A month has passed and not too much of interest has happened, but I'm pleased to say that finally we have the first neighborhood completed. Rosewood, Patina Dreams, Jack Pine, Silver Rush and Tunda all have personal homes now

Some might argue that the brick walkways are a superfluous feature at best and a waste of time and resources at worst, but I disagree. They only took Patina and Freija about a day to lay out and they make things look so much nicer already. Believe me, looks matter more than people might want to admit, and it can affect morale.

That does lead me to question how to prioritize things from here on out, however. There is a lot left to do. We need a clean place that Gunther can set up for the inevitable day that someone gets hurt, a guardhouse, a tavern, a trading post... more workshops... the list goes on.

I'll probably forge ahead with housing for the forseeable future. That's going to be the most important thing to most people, I'm sure.

28th Malachite, 222

I'm a bit concerned about Dawn Star. Gunther informed me over dinner that they just about had to drag the stallion back into town after Freija discovered him trapped down in the river. I haven't talked to him yet, so I don't know why he was down there in the first place, but his feathers must have gotten wet and kept him from flying out. By the time Freija found him he was pretty exhausted from treading water.

The waterfall strikes again. I've had to pull him and Freija out of there several times now...

Maybe instead of having the masons start on a trading depot I should have had them start on another bridge to cross that part of the river. I'd hate for anyone else to fall down there and not be found before it was too late...

But, for now we do have most of a temporary depot constructed for whenever we do get someone from back home to show up. Silver Rush has been lucky underground and managed to find a few more clusters of gems! He told me all about the black zircons and prases he found, as well as some ore called cobaltite.

At this rate we're going to need a dedicated prospector and appraiser! I might have to write home about that.

3rd Galena, 222

After considering our options further, I decided to start on the guardhouse next. The guards have been training outside in the weather for long enough and they deserve a good place to sleep at night too. Of the different locations that presented themselves, I opted to have the masons start laying out its foundation on the hillside overlooking the river. From there they should have a good view of the whole town, and I hope the scenery makes up a bit for it taking so long to get started on it.

Tomorrow I believe I'll talk with Rosewood and the other carpenters about starting on the hospital. First I just have to decide where it's going to go...

10th Galena, 222

Already I feel like we've made some mistakes planning the layout for the town, but I'm hopeful that by the time it's all built up that it will look a bit more reasonable. My biggest concern at the moment is where I marked for the carpenters to start laying the foundation for the tavern. It's in an open space, but depending on which way most of the travels come it might be in an awkward location. Then again, I suppose if they've come this far a few extra steps here or there won't make much difference.

The beginnings of the tavern are the wall in the upper right, and the new hospital's beginnings are on the left side against the hill.

The hospital's location I'm a little less worried about, since it will be close to the homes, guardhouse and workshops. A little paranoid side of me thinks that maybe it shouldn't be so far from the tavern in the off chance that we get some rowdy drunks later on, but there are other ways of dealing with that problem.

It's going to be a while yet before either building is completed, but at least I can rest easy tonight knowing that we're on track to have the basic ameneties covered and everyone with their own slice of town.

The real test will come later this year when the representatives come to inspect the work we've done. I know we'll have them impressed by then.

Author's Note

Updates will usually be put out in waves, broken up by category (scene, journal, etc.) and/or content (when, where, who, what, etc.).

Entry as found on bay12

[20] 3rd Hematite, 222

3rd Hematite, 222

The aromas in the sole establishment in Shadytrails were enticing this morning, if repetitive. There wasn’t much in the way of food variety to be home-grown yet, but Silver Rush didn’t mind too much. His current staple was a bowl of cream of wheat, complimented with a blueberry muffin and a glass of strawberry juice. The bat-pony almost marvelled at how large and puffy Shortstack could bake those muffins.

After acquiring his edibles, Silver eyed an open chair next to one of the relative newcomers: a light brown unicorn with tangerine irises. Can’t hurt to say hello, right? I wonder what her story is? Whistling a tune before taking his seat in the wooden chair beside the mare, the fanged stallion opens with a fairly mundane question, “Beautiful morning, isn’t it?”

The unicorn quickly looked up from her food and at the stallion next to her. “Yes, quite… Is there a reason you’re here?” She asks, taking no clues at all that he simply wanted to talk. Her food was boring enough, a few minutes of awkward silence in between bites would just make it worse and all.

He senses that his question has not received a warm welcome, but Silver is not deterred so easily. After swallowing a bit of his muffin, he continues, “Oh, it’s just that I prefer not to eat alone. That, and it’s also a habit of mine to get to know those who share their home with me.” He chuckles and waves a hoof up towards the ceiling, reaffirming that all the current residents do, in fact, share a house at this moment in time. “The name’s Silver Rush. I don’t believe I caught your name when you first showed up.”

She nods idly, not really listening to everything he says. “Yes…” She mumbles, taking a bite of her whatever -she had not really taken much care in getting her share of the food. However, the question about her name caught her ear immediately. “Oh. Yes… Lucky Lands. I suppose the griffoness in charge of this dump hasn’t informed the populace?”

The bat-pony’s ears flinch upon hearing his new home referred to as a dump, but he chalks the rude comment up to her simply not being used to the way things are here yet. “Well, she did, but I don’t recall her mentioning names specifically. If Ms. Hookbill had done so, I must not have heard.” He pauses for a moment to take down some spoons of his creamed wheat, thinking about Lucky Land’s attitude. This one’s a tough nut to crack. “So, where did you call home before you ventured out to this ‘dump’?”

She shrugs. “Various camps, quite a few military outposts. Many places. Sure, I have a hometown, buuut considering you asked me…” She takes another bite of her food, taking the time to think for a second. “Iiiii think you should divulge the information yourself.”

“Sure thing! I come from Hackamore Basin. Ever heard of it? I wouldn’t be surprised if you hadn’t. It’s a pretty small town and it’s even more sparsely populated right now due to the local lead mines shutting down. Actually, that’s why I’m here myself: looking for employment to replace my old mining job.” He takes an enjoyable swig of red juice and throws another question or two at his neighbor, “So, you said something about the military? Are you a soldier yourself or maybe married to one? Commendable career choice.”

She pulls back slightly as the bat pony takes a swig, sighing. “Yes… If you hadn’t noticed, I am a mercenary on hire. I assume that says all that needs to be said about my profession. If you want specifics, you’ll have to make that known.”

Stopping short when he prepared to take in another spoon, he mulls over that term. Mercenary? Surely Ms. Hookbill wouldn’t have allowed somepony in who was dangerous? Perhaps I shouldn’t be too quick to judge her, though. Maybe she just wants to help us. “I suppose all the gritty details aren’t really necessary. I do wonder, did Ms. Hookbill hire your services, Ms. Lands? To help aid the local guard...?” He then stumbles onward with a half-hearted joke, “...or should I sleep with one eye open tonight? Hehehe.”

She chuckles. “Noooo, noo… I was hired by a third party in this. Iiii’m not allowed to divulge the information in my contract though. Apologies for that.” She takes another bite of her food. “I’m sure you’re dying to know.”

The gray-coated stallion relaxes a bit after hearing her take the joke in stride, “Oh that’s quite alright, heh. I respect confidentiality.” He decides to turn the conversation away from the potentially morbid subject, “Any friends join you on your journey here?”

“This griffon by the name of Fargo… At least, that’s the only one I would call a friend to be brutally honest.” She chuckles. “Damn griffon was near crazy with boredom by the time we got close to the town. Should’ve seen ‘im.” Lucky begins, chuckling to herself as she recounts to story in her head. “Beesides that… The other ponies in the trip didn’t interest me. Either they weren’t sociable or… Or I didn’t like them much.”

He finished his muffin as she spoke, recalling a large eagle-lion in their company, “I think I may know who you are talking about. That really big guy? Hard to miss.” Silver washes the baked good down with more of the strawberry squeezings as he addresses her last statement, “Understandable. Not all ponies seem to be compatible. I do try my best to hammer down positive relationships with those I encounter, but there’s one guy here that just doesn’t want anything to do with me: one Mr. Jack Pine. He’s a little on the short side and needs a good shave. Couldn’t mistake him for anypony else. Not sure what he has against me.”

She shrugs, setting the crude bowl down on an empty seat next to them. “This... Jack Pine? I do not believe I’ve met him… And, to be quite blunt, some ponies just plain don’t like others.”

“Yeah, I think he’s like that. Everypony else around here is fairly nice so far as I can tell.” The copper-eyed equine finishes off his bowl as well, “Well, it was nice talking to you, Ms. Lands! Time for me to head off and start my shift. Ore doesn’t dig itself up!”

“Uh… Yes… Have fun.” She mumbles as her horn lights up. “Pick up your mess next time…” She mumbles as she collects the discarded bowls and cups.

“I was going to…but um, thanks.” He shrugs as he watches the mare retrieve his used dishes.

[21] 4th Hematite, 222 (A)

4th Hematite, 222

Fargo was to the south of the town walking north along the river after having checked on sight where the bridge was soon to be constructed. He had his shield and halberd strapped to his back, and was focused on looking for any source of trouble. It was nice spending most of his time walking around from place to place like this, as he didn’t have to deal with the other guards (and by Extension lucky or the zebra) and could maybe stop and chat up some of the people if he felt like a short break.

The other guard, however, spotted him and mistook him for an incoming bandit with the way he’s armed and looking around like he’s trouble. Shooting Star pressed herself a little more into the low-hanging cloud that she’s perched on and used as her watchtower, she carefully rests her crossbow on a foreleg, steadying it and drawing a bead on the approaching griffin as her wings flapped lightly, slowly bringing the cloud lower towards the ‘bandit’.

Fargo just kept walking down the river, scanning across the ravine for any potential threats. He was perfectly unaware of the armed pony slowly floating down towards him. He did look like a bandit as well, what with the big intimidating size, the way he was looking around all suspicious like and his hodgepodge of cheap armor and weapon certainly didn’t help.

“Halt.” The Cloud-bound Mare demanded from her cloud, a distance away that she is sure she could probably take a second shot if he decide to rush her, but close enough that she wouldn’t miss if she shoot him now.

The gryphon’s head darted right to the source of the sound the moment he heard the command. The moment he spotted the crossbow toting mare he’d spread his wings and side stepped down into ravine to his left. He’d knew there was danger out in wilds, but he didn’t expect for some bandit to get the jump on him like this when he’d been so vigilant! “Help I’m being assaulted!”

The Crossbow’s sight followed the fleeing bandit, Shooting Star bit her lower lips as the threat began to flee RIGHT AT the settlement! “I said stop!” She said again. “You’re Trespassing into private property! Stop or you’ll be shot!”

He was barely able to catch flight before he could splash down into the river. His immediate instinct was to grab out his shield, so if she did shoot he’d at least have some sort of protection. “If you're a guard then why are you threatening to kill another guard eh!?!” He was in a bad spot and he knew it, but wasn’t going to be foolish enough to drop his arms and hold still so some bandit could bolt em’ in the head.

“There is no way I’m going to fall for that cheap trick! What do you even want from us anyway? We’ve no money or anything valuable! Just go away and nobody has to get hurt!” Shooting Star calls out, skeptical at the Griffin’s claim.

He didn't’ know what to do, if he rushed her he’d risk getting shot, and he can’t just run off because he really couldn’t live out in the wild with no food or anything, and he didn’t particularly want to leave, and on top of everything he still expected her to pull the trigger if he lowered his shield. “No! Isolde is paying me to stay here and guard, and that’s what I’m going to do!” If the mare was telling the truth, maybe dropping the leader’s name would get her to believe him.

The Mare hesitated for a moment. “How’d you know Lady Isolde’s name?” She asked.

“Because I showed up a few days ago with the migrants!” He yelled as loud as he could. Maybe if he rushed her he could clear the distance quick enough before she could get a few extra shots, but the mare was younger than him, and pegasi were quicker in the air than griffons.

“Alright, I’ll bite. Give me some names of other residents!” Shooting Star challenged.

“Lucky lands, um... Isolde!” He said, before trying to think up another “Gunther, Silver rush!”

Well, he’s got three names that she knows right. The mare slowly lower her aim, but still kept the crossbow in her hooves in case she need to still shoot the guy. “Well, you’ve got two other names that I know right. . so I suppose you’re not a bandit, then?” Shooting Star asked carefully. “Why haven’t I seen you before?”

“Because I’ve not been here for very long. I showed up with the new guys.” He was still very angry about almost getting shot, and he still didn’t trust the mare, but he tried his best not to let it show.

Shooting Star thought on that for a moment, before nodding. “Fair enough. Sorry for mistaking you as a Bandit, then. Corporal Shooting Star. Former Coupledye armed force aerial scout. You?” She asked and pointed her crossbow to the side, away from the apparent new guard but still in her grasp. Offering him her apologizes.

“Eh, I’m Fargo. I used to be a caravan guard and was a soldier back in my homeland.” He said, relaxing a little now that things calmed down a little. “And uh, don’t worry. I thought you were a bandit too.”

“Why would you think I’m a bandit? you’re the one walking around in those garbs and looking suspiciously.” Shooting Star pointed out.

“Because you tried to hold me up with a crossbow... it doesn’t matter though. At least we didn’t kill each other.”

“Yeah, that’d be.. bad.” The mare rubbed the back of her neck with a hoof. “But hey! Now I know you’re one of the new guards too! Maybe we can patrol together or something later. That’d be a lot safer! Although it’s pretty quiet around here. I haven’t even get to shoot my crossbow outside of target practice once since I came here

“I suppose we could sometimes, perhaps.” He wasn’t too sure if he wanted to do it yet, as he wanted to know what the mare was like before agreeing to anything. He was also still a little mad. “And it’s good things are boring. It’s far better than dangerous.”

“I agree.” Shooting Star nodded with a smile. “Well, I’ll bring the cloud back up to keep watch. You have a good day!” She bid him farewell with a wave before starting to bring her cloud back up again.

Fargo waved back for a moment, before getting back by the side of the river and continuing his own patrol. He was rather annoyed and stressed out after the whole ordeal, but at least nothing bad happened.

[22] 4th Hematite, 222 (B)

4th Hematite, 222

Lattice was eating dinner near the opening of the camp’s mine, examining the mechanism it used for moving cargo up and down the shaft, and the logic-defying method used to contain the aquifer.

Fargo was walking from point to point as he usually did during the day. It wouldn’t be long now before he was done with his patrol and could go rest and get some dinner, but he had one last round to make. By now most the ponies had gone back to the meeting hall to eat after a long work day, but he needed to make sure everyone done working before he got any rest. Right now he was nearing the mining pit, and he was rather confused when he saw a pony by it. “Hello there, friend!”

Lattice jumps when she’s startled by a voice from out-of-sight. “Oh … umm ... Hi. You’re one of the guards, right?”

Fargo started to slowly walk towards the mare, “Yes, and my name is Fargo.” He was smiling, even as he inspected her. Something seemed off about her, and she was eating all alone. “I was expecting to run into silver, this is a surprise.”

“... Is there a problem? If there is I’ll go back inside, but I was just curious as to how the mechanism works and how the aquifer is retained.” Lattice was starting to get uncomfortable, and her eyes would occasionally dart around the pit, and she was hesitant to make eye-contact with the Guard.

“No, there is no real problem.” He said, before looking down at the pit. “You seem a little nervous, you shouldn’t be.” He said before looking back at her and smiling. “I may be big and intimidating, but I try my best not to be mean or do harm.”

The griffin's smile had, if anything, the opposite or the intended effect. Lattice scraped a forehoof on the dirt and tried to spit it out why she was nervous so he might go away. “It’s just that ... back in B-buck--buckington … the guards were … well-they ... [size=8pt]theguardswereworsethanthecrime,” she stammered.

“There is a difference between a guard and a legalized thug.” He said, before sighing, and looking back at the pit. “You know, I don’t blame you for being uncomfortable though.” He shrugged. “Still, I’m not like the one’s at buckington. I’m paid to protect, not to police.”

“Well… the guard did at least police, I guess. Half of everypony punished was someone who was on the same street as a noble when the sun got in the noble’s eyes. I didn’t…” she pauses, and takes a few deep breaths before continuing, “I didn’t realize how bad it and the legal code was until too it was too late for me.” A few tears had started working their way down her muzzle.

Fargo kept facing the pit, but his eyes moved over to look back at the mare. He’d make a small frown for a second when he saw her crying. “You would be well not to try to get so worked up over memories. It’ll eat you apart.” He patted her on the back and chucked for a moment. “What’s done is done, let it make you strong.”

“I-I … it isn’t that easy. It...” Lattice started to choke up on her sentence, and collapsed onto her haunches, sobbing openly.

“It never is, but give it-” He seemed surprised by the sudden collapse of the mare “All the time in the world...” He got next to her and offered her his claw. “You need help up? Are you hurt? Do you need to see Gunther? I’ll make sure he doesn’t try to eat you...” he paused for a moment, “or something like that.”

She continues crying, and doesn’t acknowledge him other than slightly turning her head away.

Fargo sighed, “Come on, you're a grown pony.” He rested his claw on his head and tried to figure out what to do. “We can talk about what is saddening you or something... It’s better than falling apart.”

She continued quietly whimpering. She attempts to say something, but nothing can be made out clearly.

He sighed, and backed away from the mare. He couldn’t help her if she wasn’t going to try and help herself. So, he took a few steps away. “I’ll wait here until you calm down, and tell me then if you’d like me to leave...” He would feel bad if he just left her there to cry but he didn’t know what to do.

Lattice sits there for while, her tears gradually diminishing to a few choked outbursts every now and then. As they continue to diminish, she eventually gets up and attempts to finish her meal, but she’s lost her stomach for more, opting instead to just look out at the forest on the hill to the west, being draped in shadow by the setting sun.

He waited there for a little while, before realizing it was getting dark. “I’ll take my leave. If you need help, just say something.” He said before starting to walk away. He decided to just go straight to the meeting hall as opposed to finishing his patrol. He was feeling more tired than normal, and nobody would really mind if he cut his workday a little short.

She doesn’t make an acknowledgement of what Fargo said, but instead she moves to put her jacket on. Rather than following him back to the main building, she solemnly off towards the woods, head hung low, wanting nothing more than some solitude.

“Stop that now. It’s not safe to go out there in the dark.” He said, looking over his shoulder and noticing her begin to walk off. “It would be far better if you went inside and slept on it. When you wake you’ll feel better.”

Lattice frowned, but stopped anyways. She began walking back, not feeling better in the slightest. If anything she felt worse: a simple, distracting curiosity about the lift turned into a painful walk down memory lane, and she still didn't know how it worked.

Several hours later, nearly everyone was fast asleep, but Lattice, as she did the previous nights, had little luck trying to fall asleep. It was because she wasn’t comfortable in the slightest, to the point of intolerability. Tired and desperate for a solution, she reached for her things and grasped around for her tent. Doing the best she could in the dark, she carefully moved her things aside, wrapping the heavy canvas around herself. While it may have been restrictive, it helped her feel comfortable enough to eventually drift off to sleep.

4th Hematite, 222 (later that day)

Although there was a plate of goodies sitting in front of Silver Rush, he was too busy at the moment to do anything more than take a few small bites of his alfalfa sandwich. The stallion had his muzzle buried in a metallurgy book that he had brought with him from home. The look on his face wasn’t one of avid interest so much as it was of a pony trying to solve a problem. Every now and then he’d flip a page, read for a few minutes, and then take another bite (of his supper, not the book!).

As Silver ate his meal, Fargo would walk into the meeting room/dinning room/dormitory, and went straight to one of the beds. He’d take off his helmet and mail, and leave them along with his halberd by one of the beds while still keeping his shield with him. Once he had his gear (save for his shield) left behind, he’d walk over to where the food was being served. He had a single sandwich on a plate made of wood the resembled a plank more so than a saucer. Once he had his food he looked over towards the tables, before spotting Silver Rush. He figured he might as well go ahead and take em’ up on his offer for meeting after work, so he walked over towards his table. “Hello there, friend.”

Barely glancing up from his literature, the pony acknowledged the griffon’s presence, “Oh, hey there Fargo. I didn’t hear any screams or clashing metal, so I take it that your patrol was uneventful today?” he asked in a half-joking tone.

“Eh, I guess you could say that...” he said, before taking a seat and leaving his plank-plate down on the table. “A lot happened though...” he sighed, before bringing his foreleg onto the table and resting his head on his claw. “But, such is life though eh?”

The miner lifted his head up, now curious about the change in Fargo’s voice, “Something happened? Is it something we should be concerned about? Not a security problem, I hope.”

“Oh no, was boring really aside from a little run in with Shooting Star. Also Gunther made me feel uncomfortable, and I think I made someone cry, but all in all it wasn’t that bad.” he said, before looking back towards the door. “I’m used to being stressed, so it no worry.”

The guy was new here, so the copper-eyed stallion did wonder if that had anything to do with the friction he may have generated with the others that he mentioned, “Nothing too bad, I hope. Maybe those incidents were just due misunderstandings?” He looks back at his book for a moment, “I guess I’m not one to judge since I don’t have the details. Though I am rather curious about who was crying, if you don’t mind my asking.” I wonder if it’s who I think it is...

“They were mostly misunderstandings, though the one with shooting star ended with me falling in the river and almost getting shot because she thought I was a filthy bandit, but we talked it out at least...” Good thing copper and bronze don’t rust, else he’d had to have spent a long time trying to dry off armor. “And if you’d like to know, it was Lattice Frame.” He said, before picking up his sandwich and taking a bite into it. He’d have a blank look on his face the moment he realized it didn’t have any meat in it, before starting to chew his food. “Anyways, you want me to rant about what happened, or would you rather I don’t go on a tangent?”

Oh, one of the new mares. Not who I thought it was, then. “Nah, it wouldn’t bother me. Rant away, if you want to,” the black-maned equine encouraged his guest, before taking in a spoon of beans.

“Well, I was making my last run around the town, and I saw her sitting by the mine. I felt the need to check up and see what was going on. I spoke with her for like, a few moments and she just started crying over something. I think she got emotional because me being a guard triggered it. She then started to cry like a foal all dramatic like and got down on the ground. I offered to help her up, and asked if she needed my help. She didn’t take either of my offers, and I sat there for gods know how long wanting to make sure she was alright, before finally I left.” He growled a little and looked back at the door. “I gave her advice, tried to offer some help and instead she just lays there in self pity. What am I supposed to do eh? I can’t force people to accept my help, and I can’t help her if she’s not wanting to help herself.” He paused for a moment. “And now it’s getting dark out before I could go to bed.”

The stallion looked puzzled, “...she didn’t tell you what made her upset? I haven’t talked with her much since she arrived, so I don’t know what it could be. You said something about your position causing her breakdown? Maybe she had a loved one in the guard that died recently or something?”

“Eh, hell if I know.” He said, before taking another bite out of his sandwich. “And, it’s of little matter. She doesn’t seem to want to talk about it to me, or even speak at all to me, so it’s not like I can do a thing.” He tapped his claw against the table anxiously, “I just find it annoying she can’t stand me because I’m a town guard for once in last decade. I do this because I try to help you all, and I get held up by one mare and make another cry at the very sight of me.”

“Oh, it’s because she can’t stand you for being a guard…” the new information helps him piece things together a bit more, “Maybe she had a bad run-in with a guard where she lives. Being sent to prison unjustly? I don’t know. If she’s really got something weighing on her this much, maybe I should go try to talk to her myself.” He then takes note of Fargo’s last statement, “I’m sure those are just teething issues, everypony will get used to having you around in time.” He nods and smiles in reassurance.

“Birds, don’t teethe, but I get your point,” he said, before sighing and leaving his sandwich down on the table. “I do expect things to get better, but it still was a long day.”

The bat-pony tilts his head to the side, “Well, is there anything good you can say about your stay here so far? I know there’s not much to see or do for fun just yet, but surely there’s something you like about Shadytrails?”

Fargo brought a claw up to his chin and thought for a moment. “Well, you have free food and beds, and you’ve been pleasant to talk to,” he said, before looking back towards the door anxiously. “And it feels good not to be on the road again, I’m really getting sick of it.”

After bowing his head for a brief moment, Silver stated his appreciation, “Well, thank you, been nice talking with you too, Fargo. Seems like a lot of the others are too wrapped up in their work or perhaps personal matters to approach me for conversation. I don’t let that deter me, though. I want to get to know my current roommates as well as I can. Nothing builds societal stability like strong friendships.”

“You are welcome, it is nice to sit down and talk every once in a while.” He smiled at Silver, before trying to think of a topic for them to move onto. “So, I heard this place hit some silver yes? Perhaps I’ll be get my pay after all, eh?”

His pupils dilated at the mention of his find, “Oh, yes! I hit a large cache of galena. It contains mostly lead, but there’s a little silver in it as well. Refining it and selling it will definitely bring a profit. That’s about it, though.” Silver looks back to his book. “Silver and lead don’t make for good building materials. Although I’m thrilled to have found it, I need to crack-down on looking for something stronger, like iron or copper ores. A lack of that stuff is going to hold us back.”

“I take it if you dig deeper you’ll find something eventually, yes?” he said, deciding it was his turn to listen. “And as long you have wood and basic stone, you shouldn’t need your metal for building.”

“Potentially,” the pony responds before taking a sip of blueberry juice, “If it’s there at all. The only way to know for sure is to keep digging.” He closes his book, “Stone and wood will handle most of our basic needs, but strong metals are still preferred for some applications. Making weapons and armour out of an iron or copper alloy would be much better than relying on wood or lead for the same purpose. Stone-carving tools also have to be strong and durable enough not to wear too fast. I hear that Ms. Dreams is already having concerns about these things.”

“Eh, I don’t have to worry about getting a new weapon any time soon, and as long as I have a shield I should be fine.” He said before tapping his claw against his shield. “Though it would be a shame if the thing shattered. I doubt you guys have any paint or dye, so I couldn’t exactly fancy a new one up again.”

The gray-coated stallion finished his alfalfa sandwich as he continued to listen, “I have little worry about you or the other fighters around here for the moment. Your gear should last a good while. Of course, things can break at unexpected times and there will no doubt be a need to repair or even construct weapons for the inevitable future migrants who decide to become a part of the guard.” He then shakes his head but retains a small grin, “Nope, sorry, didn’t happen to bring any paint with me! If anypony would have any, my best guess is Ms. Dreams or Rosewood.”

“Eh, what a shame. I like to paint it up like I’m some knight or something along those lines. It’s funny because I’m just some big bird in low quality second hand armor.” He smiled for a moment, before frowning a little as a thought crossed his mind. “Eh...”

“Don’t get down about it, I’m sure somepony here will start to make some ink or paint once our resources expand. Besides, looks aren’t everything. It’s your actions that matter most, right?”

“That is not what bothers me, really,” he said, before leaning back a little. He was gazing away from silver for a just a moment before looking back at him and smiling a little. “It is nothing though, really.”

“Hmm? What’s the trouble then? Does it have something to do with your armor being second-hand, maybe?” Silver raised and eyebrow in question.

“Oh no. I’m just glad I have a helmet.” He chuckled for a moment, before getting the same serious look on his face. “It’s simple really, I’m just a little concerned that I don’t have many good years left before I’m too old to do my job.”

The fanged horse leaned an elbow on the table, “You think so? Had me fooled. You seem to be in pretty good shape to me.”

He chuckled again. “Eh, and I make damned sure I am, but in five years or so, I’m not sure that’ll matter.” When he noticed him leaning the elbow on the table, he assumed Silver was getting a bit bored. “Aye, you told me I could rant.”

“I did, didn’t I?” He smirked and gathered his things, “Maybe instead of worrying about how little time you have, maybe you should use that as a reason to savor the time that you do have…”

Fargo cut him off, “No, I’m not afraid of running out of time, I’m afraid of unemployment. If I’m too old to fight I’m too old to do the only job I’ve done all my life.”

“Oh, well.” Silver Rush taps his chin, “Have you ever given thought to becoming an instructor? New guards will need to be trained, after all. I’m sure somepony with your experience can secure a position like that.”

“Perhaps, perhaps,” he said, nodding a little at that. “Maybe that could work,” he said, before making a fake smile. “I won’t hold you up any longer, thank you for the talk, and for listening to me rant.”

“Glad to help. I’m always up for a chat if you need me. Now I think I’m going to head off to bed. I may be a bat-pony, but I still need my sleep.” He gave a salute and headed off to return his tray to Shortstack before storing his book back with his other belongings under his bed.

Fargo nodded at that, “Heh, yeah... alrighty.” He watched Silver Rush walk off . Once he was gone he sat there at the table for a little while, occasionally tapping a talon against the table, waiting for most of the people to head to bed. Once the majority of the ponies were gone, he’d head to the bed he left his gear behind to go grab his armor and weapon. Someone needed to do a night shift around here.

Author's Note

Jaxler/Fargo nimbly avoided my scene snare. Oh well.

[23] 4th/5th Hematite, 222; Lattice's Note

Author's Note

I wouldn't usually put up something journal or journal-esque out of order, but I do make exceptions for continuity as needed.

[23] 4th/5th Hematite, 222; Lattice's Note

Lattice’s Diary, 2nd Hermatite, 222

I’m still kind’ve upset there’s no way for me to put my special talent to use yet, but there’s simply no cloth at all. I haven’t looked around for any equipment, but since there’s not a lot of places to hide it (not that it would be hidden), I don’t think there’s any equipment. Yet alone a workspace for it, meaning that even if I made my own frames and mechanisms, it wouldn't be useful (I don't even know if I could make new equipment; it's been so long since I last did anything of the sort).

No matter the questionable state of my career, I’ve been assigned to help build a much-needed bridge across the river. It isn’t that bad, I still remember enough from my father's attempted lessons to be useful beyond hauling materials. Not that that makes hauling them more pleasant. But there’s not much you can do wrong with putting stone chunks on a riverbank for erosion control, right?

I’m still glad to be off the road, though. A roof ‒ even shared ‒ is a welcome addition (I guess... I'll get used to it eventually, I hope), while there’s something comforting in a nice meal.

Lattice’s Diary, 3rd Hermatite, 222

Progress on the bridge is going well, I think. We should be done in a day or two, though I expect we’ll be replacing it with something sturdier as trade picks up. Probably made of something sturdier than wood.

I talked a little more with Patina over lunch today, and told her a little about myself. Nothing too special, just that my father was the renowned (well, I like to think he is... ) architect, Sturdy Frame, and my mother, North Rose, used to work as a guide with various traders (until she settled down with my father in Beakshine), before doing some cartography and map-making work. Oh, and that both were earth ponies, but that probably wasn't surprising. I told her a little about the journey, with emphasis on how Lucky Lands should be avoided and my suspicions about Freija and Dawn Star’s story.

Though Patina seemed a little worried this evening, I hope she’s ok.

Oh, I should mention a little about Patina. She’s an extremely qualified Saddle Arabian architect student, who for some reason ended up out on the middle of nowhere to help us build a town. I don’t think it’d be hard for her to have stayed in Saddle Arabia ‒ why would they let her train there if she couldn’t get a job there, after all ‒ so I’m really curious as to why she’s here. I’m not complaining, but I wonder how well she can design for our wintery weather.

Lattice’s Diary, 4th Hermatite, 222

I was out by the mines this evening (to see how it worked) and one of the guards ‒ Fargo, the big griffin ‒ asked why I was there. I don’t know why, but as he asked I started to break down. It’s not like he intimidated me or did anything wrong, and we've spent more than two weeks traveling together. But instead I just completely fell apart when he, with only good intentions, started talking. To the point where I was crying and whimpering on my haunches in front of the shaft, next to my half-eaten bowl of vegetables. ~~It was just that…~~ ~~While I~~ ~~I know he wouldn’t~~ As if that’s not enough, after I broke down, he tried to console me but I just ignored him! He eventually stopped and waited, then left, though I think I was starting to pull myself together at that point. A little while later,evidently before he returned to the communal building, I pulled myself together enough to decide to go into a clump of trees by the woods for a moment of solitude; only he came and ‒ with a concerned look on his face ‒ told me (rather forcefully) it wasn’t safe. I think he was under the impression I was going to do something stupid or even suicidal. ~~I just planned to have a mom-~~ I didn’t have to spirit left in me to say no, and just trudged off back to the town. ~~I should’ve explained and gone anyways~~ He has to think I’m a complete foal at best, a lunatic as worst, and I’m sure he either hates me or lost any respect he had for me. ~~I still can’t~~ ~~I’m~~ I don’t know if I should be embarrassed or mortified about what happened, or even scared. I don’t want to know what’ll happen if Lucky gets wind of me sobbing like a foal.

I thought I was doing so well, but… Damn it, I don’t know. I just don’t know anymore.

I’ll have to apologize at some point, but I don’t think I can face him; what if it happens again? Maybe I’ll leave him a note? I have some extra paper, I can use one of those. I’ll slip it into his things after he starts his shift tomorrow. It'l be fine, I'm sure. ~~Or he could arrest me for harassment.~~

Unbeknownst to Lattice, when she grabbed paper for the note, she hadn’t been paying enough attention, and she wrote it on the back of the removed entries she set aside, the pages stuck together.

Lattice’s note of apology to Fargo:

Fargo,

I’m sorry for breaking down yesterday at the mines, I should’ve kept myself under control. I'm sure you’d never do anything to hurt me after traveling with you for over two weeks, but the part of the mind that knew that was overruled by the part panicking over being alone with a guard. I don’t know why it happened, but I’m sorry. I’m sure you think I’m a complete foal now, and I don’t blame you, since you're probably justified ‒ I mean I can’t even apologize properly! I know you deserve better than this, and if you ever need a tear sewn or patched up, I’d be happy to do it to make it up to you. It’s the least I could do. Please try to keep this between the two of us, I don’t know what I’d do if everypony found out about it, especially a certain ~~few~~ individual~~s~~. We both know who I mean.

Sincerely, Lattice Frame.

Warning: Viewer discretion is advised. While not mature, the content may be disturbing to some.

Lattice’s Diary, 3rd Slate, 222

Some important-looking stallion approached me today on one of the side streets near my shop, and he was leaving little illusion to his intent. I might have been flattered… if the blue bastard hadn’t threatened me when I said no. He was scrawny even by elitist unicorn standards and he knew he couldn’t physically force me when I refused him, though he swore he’d have me. I hope he’s bluffing and that he can’t find me if he isn’t.

Lattice’s Diary, 5th Slate, 222

Oh Faust, he walked into my shop today and said in no uncertain terms that he’d have me, and that if I refused, as the Duke’s heir, he’d have me accused and sentenced for attempted sexual blackmail! When I asked for proof he produced a ducal singet, and said he’d be back tomorrow for me. Tomorrow! What am I going to do?! After last year’s fiasco involving another mare and the same prince, I knew as well as anypony that the sentence to unlawful contamination was death, he knows it, and I know he’d do it without a shred of remorse. What do I do? What can I do? Even if it was clear I was the victim I still get executed!

...When did my life turn into this? What sin did I ‒ a simple, honest clothier, unremarkable in every way ‒ do to deserve this?

Lattice’s Diary, 6th Slate, 222

I… He… That...

[The remainder of the entry is composed of illegible ink smudges and water stains; what might be a prayer can be barely made out]

Lattice’s Diary, 7th Slate, 222

I can’t stay here, not anymore. I have to, I need to leave before he comes back. The guards here not only didn’t help, but they held me down ‒ a sick, twisted smile on each one of their faces. One of the unicorns there even cast a few spells on me, though I don’t know who told him to. All I remember was that shortly after it started one of their horns lit up and I was forced into eye contact with a unicorn whose horn and eyes were glowing a bright, icey blue, not unlike the color often associated with windigos. ~~After that~~ ~~Then after that~~ That was when I lost control … lost myself. All my memories since are just an indistinct blur.

Goddess, what if it he something that could kill me on command? Or some sort of tracking spell? What if it’s some sort of controlling spell? Something to mark me as his, or render me sterile?!

No. I can’t think like that. If I do, I’ll never get out of this. I’d sooner die than be his personal whorse until he disposes of me.

...I think I can make a tent out of some waterproof canvas I have and find passage out of the city with what I can carry. I heard that one of the big merchant groups was looking for settlers and labor for a series of new trading posts; hopefully I can get onto one of those. I’ll go look into that now. If not I’ll try some other way.

Lattice’s Diary, 7th Slate, 222

Usually I only write once per day, but this is special. Not only were they still looking for ponies, but they gave me a choice of where to! I just asked for somewhere far away, out of jurisdiction of the future duke, and the griffon said to report back with my traveling supplies that I wanted to bring. He said food would be provided for the journey and at the destination, but suggested I bring anything that would be a personal comfort. I expected an interview, but I guess he was satisfied by my explanation that I've been forced by circumstances to liquidate my shop and leave town.

...I don't think I could have kept it together if he prodded. I should be glad they badly needed a seamstress, and that there’s somewhere he can’t find me.

I already prepared and sent letters to my family, explaining what happened and how I had to leave, as well as that I’d write as soon as I could. I couldn't say where I would be going, in case they were questioned, but I did say that they shouldn’t worry. I’ll have to be sure to write to them when I can. Hopefully they won’t get entangled in the mess I found myself in.

Lattice’s Diary, 8th Slate, 222

I sold off what I could of my equipment, but it was well below what it was worth. The rest I sent to friends and I left some for my family. I have a nice tent and brought some quality camping supplies with me, including a map and a waterproof case for my things (which at this point are just my journal, my map, and a few sentimental sewing supplies I couldn’t live without), and I also brought a utility knife. It was hard to part with the weaving frame that earned me my cutie mark, but it was far too big to take with me. I decided to leave it at the shop for my family. I’ll be leaving for the depot tomorrow morning.

I was going to have it on the back of the note page, but it's 3 pages of 11pt font, that isn't going to fit well on a on half a page. So instead the water damage and ink stuck them together, and a distressed Lattice didn't notice due to the fading light and her distress.

[24] 6th Hematite, 222

6th Hermatite, 222

Lattice was at the depot, preparing construction supplies: one of the miscellaneous tasks she's been doing for the last 5 days. Right now, she was gathering some to continue to reinforce the riverbank.

As she neared the bank, she’d noticed a big griffin sitting on the bank. He was looking over the river, holding onto his halberd and shield. Fargo had taken small break sitting by the bridge. He had been on patrol all day and figured now was as a good a time as any to take a break and deal with some personal business. He knew that Lattice was working the bridge, so he figured he’d rest there and wait for her to show up.

Lattice continues working, pretending not to notice the griffon there, as she was still having difficulty working up the courage to talk to him again. She’d left him a note yesterday during his shift, but didn’t feel comfortable around him afterwards, especially since she doesn’t know how he reacted to it.

Fargo just sat there and let her continue to work, waiting until she put her rock down before he’d think of saying a thing to her. He’d just keep looking by the river and try to seem relaxed.

Lattice scrutinized the river's current. While by no means an expert, she did her best when considering where the rocks would be best. After careful consideration, she ‒ paying careful attention to her hoof placement ‒ made her way down with the first of the stones and placed them along the partially excavated riverbank. She repeated this until she was done with the load, before bending down to re-attach the cart, so she could repeat the process again.

Once she finished, Fargo got up off the ground and turned to face the mare. “Pardon me, but um, would you mind if I took a moment of your time?” He wanted to make sure he wasn’t too pushy. “If not, it’s fine. I understand you’re probably busy.”

“Oh… uh... hey…” Lattice stammered, “Sorry, I didn’t see you there, Fargo.” She paused for the briefest of moments, contemplating what to do, before deciding that the issue wouldn’t go away. Fargo heard her continue in a barely-audible voice, “So, what was it that you uhh.. what is it you want to talk about?”

“Well, nothing really.” He said, before walking up to her slowly. “Just I wanted you to know you’ll be safe in this town.” He made a small smile. “And um, if anybody from the town you were at before tries to get you I’ll personally scare them off.” Or gut them like a fish with a axe-spear.

Lattice was shocked. Did he know what happened? Did lucky tell him? “What… whatever do you mean? Why would there be a problem?” She took a step back, her ears splayed down. Internally, all sorts of alarms were being triggered, and she prayed it wasn’t showing in her expression.

“Please, do not get stressed out about it. On the back of your apology you had a journal entry or something about erm... what happened.” He said, frowning a little. “And trust me, I’m simply want to make sure know that you have me protecting you.”

Lattice didn’t know what to make of it. She was sure she put the pages removed in a safe spot, but evidently they ended up with the scrap paper. “...How much do you know? What dates did they span?”

“I don’t have the pages with me, but it was just enough to get a general idea of what happened.”

“...Up until the day before I left Buckington?”

“Yeah...”

“...And you don’t hate me for what happened the other day?”

“I don’t.”

“...Did you really mean what you said? He’s powerful enough to do ruin the town before it even starts up with just a few words. I’m touched that you’d be willing to scare a noble off for me, but I’m not worth it.” She thought about it for a moment, before continuing, “...It’s better for me to just hide if he ever shows up than to confront him.”

“Yes, it would be best for you to hide away, but if his men ever tried to drag you off I’d halberd them in the gut. I’m supposed to keep these towns people safe, and those soldiers of his are nothing more than crooks.” He smiled for a moment. “And I’m too big for some ponies to take down.”

Lattice frowned. “That doesn’t do you any good if one of his thugs vaporizes you. Please, just let him drag me off if it comes to it, I’ll find a way.” The mare sighed forlornly, but didn’t say anything further.

“I’m sorry, but I know to hit the one with the pointy hat and robes before anyone else. It’s hard to vaporize someone when you’ve got a halberd in your chest.” He made an awkward chuckle. “But eh, that’s not the point.” He patted his wooden shield. “I’m supposed to stand between danger and those who can’t fight back and if a guard dies he’s a martyr, if an innocent person dies it’s a tragedy.” He was still smiling. “It’s my duty to fight and possibly die in your place.”

“There’s nothing saying he only brings one magus… nor is there anything preventing him from repeating what he does to you to the whole town. He… he… he’ll just say the town was destroyed by diamond dogs before he arrived, and nobody will question it.” Lattice looked at the guard, but it was clear that he didn’t believe a word she was saying. “...Nothing I say will convince you otherwise, will it?”

“Then it won’t be his magi who are cleaved in half, it’ll be him who is struck down,” he said, frowning for a moment. “Regardless, I doubt anything will happen. You’re safe here, and nobody has any reason to sell you out.”

“I…” She was speechless for a moment, until her ears perked up and she smiled, before saying “...Thank you, Fargo. I think I needed that.” She stopped, before adding as an afterthought, “...It’s just scary to not know if he’s looking for me.”

“If you’re gone, he’s probably not going to bother. This town isn’t under his jurisdiction either.” He said before starting to walk away. “Eh, and if you ever need some help, just talk to me. I’m usually not too busy.”

“Thanks. If you could, give those entries back to me when we’re done working. Now, though, I should continue with this. It’s important this bridge still be here for the future.” Lattice finished hitching up the cart, and turned around, for once being in good spirits, even when relegated to menial (but important) labor.

[25] 7th Hematite, 222

7th Hematite, 222

Fargo walked out of the large meeting house, and looked around. He couldn’t see a damned thing in the dark as he’d just gotten out of the light of the building, but he didn’t let that stop him and he began to walk into the dark. After his run in earlier with Shooting star, Fargo learned to keep his shield and halberd out at all times. He was going in the direction that he remembered as being the location of the workplaces.

Shooting Star had been sleeping, but the shuffling and rustling of the Griffon leaving have woke her up. Curious about where he’s going so late at night, she grabs her crossbow and snuck out of the building, stalking the Griffon to see if he’s going to try and steal anything.

The griffon kept walking into in the direction he started off in, his eyes slowly getting used to the dark. He held out his weapon, and held onto it as tightly as he could as he walked around. Whenever he heard a noise, be it the rustle of something in the distance, or even the wind his head would dart directly to wherever it originated. He’d slowly pick up the pace of his walked. The mare was too far behind him for him to be aware of her yet.

Shooting Star wasn’t sure what he’s doing, darting into bushes like that. Maybe he’s hunting mice? or practicing something? It’s very strange. She’ll keep watching for now.

He just kept looking around for anything, before darting his head right towards the direction of shooting when he heard some bushes rustle. He’d pause for a moment before walking again, finally nearing the work spaces.

Deciding that sneaking up on him was the perfect way to get stabbed by a halberd, Shooting Star opted instead call out to him, from a safe distance. “Hey Fargo! What are you doing out here in the dark?”

Fargo would jump suddenly and look around behind him. “Ah, eh... Hi there!” He swore he’d heard that voice before from someone in town, and it was too dark out for him to make out who it was in the distance.

Now that he’s alerted, Shooting Star can trot over to him! “Thirsty in the middle of the night?” She asked, friendlily.

“Oh no, no.” He was a bit anxious as she walked up to him, but relaxed some once he saw it was a pony he knew. “Someone needs to watch this place at night is all.”

“Oh! So you can see in the night with those eyes! Griffons can see in the night, right?” The mare asked.

“Yes, but it takes a little while to get adjusted to the dark.” He said, before looking around for a moment, before starting to continue talking to her. “We’re half cat after all...”

“No wonder. . I wouldn’t be able to see anything on my cloud in the dark like this.” The Guardsmare said. “Soo, when do you plan to sleep? You can’t guard all day and all night, can you?”

Fargo frowned for a moment and paused for a moment. “Ehm... well, I do plan on going to sleep eventually.” He kept silent for a few moments. “I only need a little sleep to get by.”

“You need enough sleep, though. A hungry and sleepy soldier in combat is a dead soldier, after all. That’s what they taught me. They said that it’s important to keep yourself healthy and able to be alert at any moment’s notice, not be alert at every moment.” Shooting Star said, reciting what she had learned.

“If you don’t have someone looking into the night, someone will walk through that door in the meeting house unnoticed, or walk off with the the tools in someone’s work space, or any number of things under the veil of night. You and I are not a soldier here, you and I are guards. Someone must always be on watch so they can yell for the others.”

Shooting Star think on that, and nods. “Huh, that’s pretty reasonable, yeah. I still have doubt that there’s actually anything so far out here other than some wild boar, though. I’ve been here since we started and haven’t even seen a thing!”

“I realize that things must be slow here, but our job is to keep this place safe, and I plan on keeping it so. it’s better to be too safe when you aren’t in danger than too vulnerable when you're in danger.”

“Well said!” The accompanying mare nods with a bright friendly beam. “How about we guard in shifts? I’ll go sleep on a cloud tonight and make sure it doesn’t float anywhere, then you wake me up a few hours later when it’s less dark so you can go sleep?” She suggested.

“Yes, yes that might work.” He said, smiling a little as he thought about it. “Lets do that.” He was surprised it was this easy to get people to work in shifts. Last time he tried to get something like this going was with lucky lands, and someone got killed so... “I’m glad to have someone I can work with here.”

“Well, it’s a small community. We’ve only got each others, and there’s strength in cooperation after all!” Shooting Star beamed, before spreading her wings to lift off. “Well, I’ll go take a low cloud. Give a hollar if something’s wrong and I’ll cover you. When it’s time for shift change just fly up and look for me, I won’t be that hard to find. Alright?”

“Yes, alrighty. Hope you have a good night’s while you are up there.”

With another smiling nod, the Pegasus flew up to her favourite cloud.

[26] 10th Hematite, 222

10th Hematite, 222

Like most days, Isolde finds herself humming lightly to herself while sketching something on the paper before her. Today was a bit different than most though, since she was now finally trying to lay out some plans on how to, well, lay out the town. The local geography was a bit complicated, so it wasn’t entirely obvious where to put different things. She was on her third attempt now, which was shaping up a bit better. It would require some earth moving though, so she’d have to weigh that with the amount of time it would take.

The door to the shelter opens and Patina trots in her horn glowing, levitating something behind her.

"Good afternoon, Mistress," Patina says happily to the griffon at her desk, "I have somethings for you today."

Isolde looks up and gives her a smile. “Good afternoon Patina.” She sits up and holds a claw toward the seat across from her. “Have a seat. What did you bring?” She’d hoped that Patina might have tried out the forge by now, so a piece of purified lead or better yet silver, would be most welcome.

Patina magics out two things from behind her back, her notebook and a lead figure.

She takes the notebook in hoof and sets the figure on Isolde's desk as she takes a seat. The figure was shaped like a griffon warrior standing at attention, with a long spear held over his shoulder.

"I made this paper weight for you. Needed a small project to make sure I wasn't too rusty, before I try anything more tricky," Patina explains.

Isolde carefully takes the figurine and turns it about to examine it from different angles. “Oh, this is very nice Patina, thank you! If you can manage detail work like this then I have no doubt you’ll take to any other work very well.”

“Thank you Mistress," Patina says with a smile, "I've already done some work on repairing Tunda and the other's tools as well, as you probably have heard, though I can't make any new ones with the metals Mr. Silver Rush has found here."

The griffon nods. “I’d heard some metal work of some kind going on, and I can definitely understand your concerns. I’m not much of an expert on metals, but even I know lead isn’t going to stand up to much abuse in an axe or pick. I do hope he’s able to find something else down in the mines, but if he can’t we can at least trade for some once we start getting traders.”

Patina nods, "I've already gotten some silver out of the galena ore Mr. Silver hauled up. If he can keep it up then I think we will have plenty to work with. When you like, I can start making things for trade with it."

Isolde’s face brightens even more. “You’ve already extracted some? That’s great news. I haven’t drawn up any plans for anything specific yet, so if you have some ideas I’m open to them.”

Patina shrugs, "oh. I don't know. I could make figures like this one, goblets, rings... instruments maybe. Or use it to decorate Rosewood's work. Whatever you want me to use it for."

“Hmm, I don’t know if Rosewood has made anything worth decorating with it yet, but you can try talking with her. Maybe the two of you could collaborate on some figurines or something else.” The griffoness considers the options a bit more. “Whatever you two decide to make, I’d probably try to keep the individual pieces fairly small. I don’t think anyone is going to be expecting silver trinkets from us yet so they might not be willing to trade for something big.”

Patina nods, "So no silver leafed wardrobes then. Understood Mistress, I'll see what I can do. Anyway, I had one other thing I wanted to show you, if you don't mind."

“Of course, what is it?”

Patina magics her journal over to Isolde's desk and flips it open to a marked page.

"Just some... sketches... for how we could expand the town... in time of course."

Patina flips through several pages, showing numerous drawings detailing the surrounding area, and a couple potential layouts for Shadytrails as the population grows. She seems to have taken specific care in designing an Arabian style temple (with several pages detailing it's layout) on top of the hill as a centerpoint of the city to be.

Isolde peers closer at the sketches, nodding approvingly. “Oh, these are very nice. I’ve been trying to draw some up myself but, well, this isn’t really my job so I haven’t made a lot of progress.” She taps the temple with a talon. “And this is quite impressive looking.”

Patina blushes, "Well... it's not something we really have the means to actually construct, but it's fun to think about... and maybe someday we will... and I'd want to be prepared for when that day comes."

“I’m glad you’re thinking ahead,” Isolde says, smiling a little. “It probably will be a while yet before we can devote time to something this grand, but it surely would draw in a lot of travelers and would be something nice to talk about. Of course, the gods would probably appreciate the reverence too.”

Patina nods, "Y...yes. Of course in the mean time, the rest of these," Patina flips the pages showing a few other drawings, detailing houses and workshops, "will probably be more important. If you have an idea for what we should be building next... I can go see Rosewood and share my plans."

The griffoness examines the drawings and nods. “Ah, yes, these are probably a bit easier to get to. I’ve been thinking about it some and I think it’s probably in everyone’s best interest if we start building housing first. Eating together is one thing, but sleeping in the same room is another, if you understand. After we get at least some houses built we can start focusing on a better place to cook and eat, I think.”

Patina bows her head briefly, "Certainly Mistress. That... is all I needed to give you. If you have no further need of me right now, I can go see our carpenter right away."

Isolde gives her another warm smile and nod. “There’s no need to rush, but if that’s all you had then I’ll let you get back to it. Thank you for keeping on top of all of this.”

Patina stands, "Just doing my job, Mistress," and exits, going straight to Rosewood as she said.

With her company gone, Isolde settles back into reviewing her designs and comparing them to Patina’s. There was going to be a lot of work ahead.

[27] 11th Hematite, 222

11th Hematite, 222

A whistling tune carried through the air. Silver Rush’s fur was messy from fine mineral particles and water droplets that had adhered to him during his mining earlier. The bat-pony had already spent much of the prior week reshaping the landscape for the construction of some new homes, but now had to wait on Jack Pine to clear out more trees before he could continue. Got to make sure I wash up before supper...but while I’m still dirty, I’ll go see if Tunda needs any help. Her job can’t be easy on her. Sure enough, the zebra in question was tending to her rows of plants when the stallion arrived, “Hey Tunda! What’s going good with the greens?”

Hearing his voice, Tunda pokes her head up from the ground, a few green stalks still in her mouth. She drops the weed into a nearby basket, picking it up with a hoof and approaching the batpony with a wide smile. “They’re doing well, and hello, Silver Rush. Right now I’m simply tending the underbrush.”

“Great to hear. I was just wrapping up my shift when I remembered that I hadn’t been by lately to see how everything was going on the food front. I don’t really know anything about farming, but I’ll lend you a hoof if you need it,” he responded with his own cheery expression, allowing his fangs to peek over his lower lip. “Thankfully, today’s workload was a lot lighter on me than earlier in the week. So I think I’ve got the energy to spare.”

Tunda places the basket down between them. "It's nice to hear you'll help a friend in need. Right now it would be useful to help me weed."

“Will do!” Silver removed the miner's helmet from his head, which revealed a dark mane messy from being within its confines. He moved the headgear, along with his lantern, pick and leather carrying bag to the grass below and stepped over into one of the rows of bushes. The copper-eyed pony latched onto one obvious offender with his teeth and ripped it from the soil. After spitting it out, he recalled, “So I was thinking about the other day, you know, when we did that singing thing? That was pretty fun. We should do it again sometime.”

Tunda tears another of the encroaching plants from the ground and drops it into the basket. She adjusts her mane with a hoof and looks over at the bat-stallion. "It was certainly fun, I agree. Whenever you'd like an encore is fine with me."

Next, Silver pulled at a tenacious vine covered with tiny barbs. He tried not to get any cuts on his mouth, which he only somewhat succeeded at doing. The miner licked at his stinging lips, but the pain soon passed, “Ugh...well, I thought we sounded pretty good together the first time, but we were alone out here in the field then. I’ve kind of been wondering since then what it would be like to have an audience, you know? To really find out if we’ve got something...more? Though it would certainly help if we had a musical instrument or two to really flesh out our vocals. Any thoughts on that?”

"I would love to song for the ponies and griffons of the town, and with the new arrivals, we'll have an even bigger crowd." Tunda's eyes flick to his lips and those fangs, before meeting his again. "Even without accompaniment, I'm sure they'll all... enjoy the merriment."

“Oh, so you like the idea then?” He responded before digging around a group of small, brownish stems with a hoof, “Hmm, but what you said about new arrivals...you think we should sing for everypony and not just a small group? That could be truly interesting. If we’re going to plan something that big then we should probably ask Ms. Hookbill what she thinks about it. I doubt she would object, of course, but she might have some advice on how we could arrange it or where it should take place.”

"It's a good idea, informing Miss Isolde. She and everyone should enjoy a break from the same old same old," Tunda rhymes casually. Their efforts seem to have made a noticeable dent in the amount of work she has. Even having one more pony is much appreciated. "I won't mind singing in front of everyone, though if they start throwing tomatoes I'll be prepared to run."

The gray stallion chuckled, “If they start throwing tomatoes, I’m going to ask them where they got them. Those sound pretty tasty.” Lunch was hours ago and he had burned a sizeable number of calories hauling freshly-carved stone to the sunlit world of the surface. He brushed off his hunger for the moment and continued to excise intruder plants from the area, “Then it’s settled. I’ll go ask Ms. Hookbill about it a bit later. That is, unless you wanted to come with me and give your own input?”

Pausing, the striped mare puts a hoof to her muzzle with a contemplative expression. "I would like to be there for the discussion too. Could you stop by before you go, and take me with you?"

“Definitely.” The two finished off the chore at hand and Silver now finally had an opportunity to go get himself washed up. After the proper grooming was completed, he grabbed a snack from Shortstack before tracking down Tunda once again. In agreement, they both headed off in search of their respected expedition leader.

Somewhat surprisingly, the two don’t find the griffon in the shelter where she normally works. Instead, they ultimately locate her in her second favorite spot: a comfortable, shaded spot down by the river at the bottom of the hill. She sits with her back against the tree, watching a braced fishing pole’s line drag through the slow current. She yawns once and stretches before cozying up a bit more to the tree.

Taking care not to startle the griffon, Silver Rush walked along beside Tunda instead of flying. He knocked a hoof on the side of the tree, “Hello there, Ms. Hookbill! Do you mind if we take a moment of your time?”

She glances up and fights off a bit of sleepiness to give them a smile. “Hello, you two. Certainly, I don’t mind a little distraction. How can I help you?”

Silver nodded, “Thank you. The two of us were just wondering about a little project we thought up earlier. We know there’s not a lot to do for fun around here just yet, so we thought that, perhaps, we could entertain the residents at supper one day with a little singing? I know if we randomly started doing that of our own accord, we might get some complaints. So I thought it would be best if we had some kind of ‘official’ approval.” He rubbed a hoof against his chin, “...and maybe inform the residents in advance. Or even set it up somewhere outside the dining area, just in case there are a few party-poopers that don’t like to hear music when they eat, heh.”

“Dinner theater?” Isolde asks with a small chuckle. “I like the sound of it, so you have my blessing. The weather has been pretty nice lately, so maybe we could do it outside. Maybe even around a fire. It’s a bit short notice to give everyone today, but maybe tomorrow that would work.”

"I'm glad to hear that you approve, and doing it outside gives everyone space to move," Tunda points out. They should leave that room so ponies, griffons, and zebra can dance if they feel the need. And if they do, it'll be a success in Tunda's book.

“Thanks a bunch, Ms. Hookbill!” Silver then turned to his singing partner, “Think we should practice some? Or discuss which songs we should sing? If it’s not going to be until another day, then we’ve got time to figure this all out. Speaking of which, we need to set a date as well…”

She nods, raising a knee up, but first looks to the griffon. "Thank you, miss Isolde, for seeing things our way," Tunda says gratefully, then looks to Silver Rush. "I would be fine performing any day. But we should talk, yes, about what we want to sing. It's the sort of thing I would rather not wing."

“Ah, this is gonna be great!” The musical duo then headed off to prepare for the day in question, familiarizing themselves with different tunes and working on staying in sync with each other. They continued to practice in their spare time over the next few days and finally decided on a date for their show: 14th Hematite.

Once the big day arrived, an area was set up outside of the communal living quarters with tables and chairs for the guests. As per Tunda’s suggestion, a space was left between the makeshift stage and the tables so that anyone who wished to liven up the festivities further by dancing could do so. Before curtain time, the stallion singer examined the crude wooden platform upon which he would soon stand, “Too bad I don’t have any kind of special clothing to wear for this occasion. Other than my mining gear, all I have is a collection of seven identical neckerchiefs that I got for a bargain a few years ago.”

Tunda blinks, seemingly not having realized. "Well that certainly explains some things," the mare dressed in her nicer shawl, wrap, and jewelry answers. "I've seen you without one of those as often as I've seen you without your wings."

“Heh, yeah. I guess I’m not much for fashion. I like to keep my dress simple and easily-planned.” The bat-pony turned and looked at the table of food being set-up by Shortstack as a couple of other ponies chatted with the chef. He knew it was only about ten minutes before showtime. Silver took a deep breath and eyed his zebra counterpart, “Well...you ready for this?”

With a composed, serene nod, Tunda answers him positively. "I've performed for groups big and small, around a campfire or in a hall. To do so again feels familiar to me, and whether they enjoy it here, I'm eager to see. And are you ready to put on a show? There's no shame, if it's not so.”

“Oh, no no, I’m sure I can do this,” the black-maned pony insisted, “...but I guess I am a little nervous, since I’ve never done anything like this before. I’ve only ever sung for friends and family...or to myself.” Shadytrailers were now beginning to take their seats, “I’m not going to back out now! Let’s do this!”

Once they were up on the stage, the bat-pony and the zebra took turns welcoming the residents to their show and giving a brief overview of the evening’s activities. They opened with a song that both of them had written together, “Blessed Seedling”, which was a metaphorical tune likening the development of their new town to the growing of a tenacious plant in the face of adverse conditions. It predicted a glorious future for Shadytrails. This was followed by “Your Spell”, a more lively song about a changeling’s attempt to seduce and infiltrate society.

Finally, the two performed a rendition of "The Wayward Unicorn," an oft-heard ballad in taverns, telling the humorous tale of a deluded earth pony with a false horn, who's convinced by a series of unlikely coincidences that he has magical powers. It's a light-hearted song with room for audience participation, to end off the performance in a high mood. A few of the attendants did get into the mood by clapping along or even dancing around. Others were more content to just sit and listen.

The Sun had begun to set by the time it was all over, with the nearby campfire still providing enough light for some outdoor socialization. The rib-winged pony stepped down off of the wooden pedestal, exhaling in relief that there were no serious problems during the event, “I think that went pretty well, don’t you? And look,” he pointed at his face, “No tomato stains!”

The zebra laughs lightly, stepping down after him and adjusting her clothes. "No, our audience was thankfully kind. If we were to do this again, I think neither they nor I would mind." She gives Silver a hopeful but sure, smile.

“Yep! I can definitely see us doing this again in the future,” he responded before looking up at the orange-pink sky, which had begun a gradual transition to a dark indigo-gray. “I think I’d like to make a few improvements for any future performances, though. We could get an actual stage built for us, and maybe some musical instruments too. I could also use a nice suit to compliment your dress…”

It seems Tunda hasn't kept close enough track of the ponies in town. If there's a tailor among them, she may need to commission a gown. She nods in happy agreement to the stallion. "I like these ideas, and for the stage have in mind just the unicorn. Assuming the recent construction hasn't left her too worn..."

Silver had a pretty good idea he knew who Tunda was talking about. “Right. I may talk to Rosewood about that idea.” The pair mingled among the guests for a few minutes before they departed back to the communal shelter.

[28] 15th Hematite, 222

15th Hematite, 222

Lattice was sitting by the riverbank, upstream of the bridge, enjoying the natural scenery on the other side from the shade of a tree. Unbeknownst to her, a shadowy figure loomed overhead. It was in search of one particular pony and had finally found its target. Reducing its altitude, the beat of its wings slowly became apparent against the background of bird calls. This was followed by a sudden “thunk” when it touched down on the hard exterior of the bridge, then a yelp as lattice jumped in surprise.

“Oh, uh… hey. I didn’t hear you coming, Silver” Lattice fixed her mane before continuing. “Nice performance yesterday, by the way. What brings you out here?”

“Sorry. Sneaking up on you wasn’t a part of my plan, heh,” he answered as he trotted closer to the earth pony, “Oh, why thank you! I’m glad that the response has been fairly positive so far. Actually, that’s kind of why I’m here. It feels a little awkward for me to ask you about this, since you’re so new here and with some of our resources running so thin…”

The bat-pony then scraped at the ground a bit with a hoof, “I’ve heard that you know a few things about making clothes. I’m not saying that I need anything immediately, but I thought it would be a good idea to go ahead and get your opinion on the matter. What do you think about making a pair of matching uniforms, one for Tunda and one for me, for us to wear at our next singing performance? I assure you I’ll pay you back, but when and how is up for debate.” Silver scratched the back of his head anxiously, never having had a straight conversation with Lattice before and therefore not know what she would think of the idea.

Lattice beamed at the prospect of working with cloth again. “I’d love to, Silver. It’s not terrible working on road and foundations, but it’s not the same as tailoring.” She frowned. “Actually… I have some bad news,” she said, downtrodden, “I wasn’t able to bring enough material of any color with me to make an outfit. I’d expected the town they sent me to to have some to buy with the money I have, more than enough to set up shop if there’s actually a way to do so.” Lattice sighed sadly before continuing, “You’d have to find your own fabric if I’m going to make you matching outfits.”

The stallion relaxed at hearing her enthusiastic tone, but sympathized with her lack of material, “Yeah, that’s what I was afraid of.” He waved a hoof dismissively, “Ah, it’s no big deal. It’s not like Tunda and I are some world-famous musicians on a tight schedule. At this point in the time, the suits are more of a luxury than a necessity. If we have any luck, maybe the next caravan will have some cloth to sell. If not, maybe Tunda could plant some cotton instead, if this climate is suitable. It’s still nice to know that you’re up to the task.”

“I don’t know how to process it into thread, and there isn’t a loom nor do we have the parts for it here. As nice as a silver loom would be, it’s not practical.”

He trotted ever closer to the mare, perhaps a little closer than she is used to, “I guess we’ll just have to throw that one on the ‘to do’ list with the other half-million things we need around here, eh?” The gray-furred pony gave a light laugh, “Yeah, the mine is mostly chugging out lead and silver right now, isn’t it? I’ll fix that in time. I’m always on the lookout for novel minerals.”

“...Novel minerals? What do you mean?”

“Any kind that I haven’t found yet, really. I can already think of a few delicious varieties that would serve us well. Nice, electrum-colored cubes of pyrite would be great for smelting iron. Dark, metallic gray lumps of hematite would work for the same purpose. Or if you want copper, you’d go for some brassy-brown chalcopyrite crystals.” Without even thinking about it, he put a hoof on Lattice shoulder while he extended his other foreleg out towards some imaginary motherlode underground, “Just imag—”

Lattice stiffened at the contact, taking a slight gasp.

The miner instinctively withdrew his hoof, “...sorry. Sometimes I can get a little chummy without realizing it. ” His mind jumped back to Fargo’s testimony in regards to her behavior, “I’ll let you have your personal space, although I am curious. Have you managed to make any friends since you’ve been here? I ask because I kind of get this feeling that something’s bothering you about being in Shadytrails. Is that right? I’m sorry if this is something that you’re not comfortable discussing. We can forget about it if you’d like.”

“It isn’t Shadytrails that’s bothering me per se, it’s why I decided to come here…”

Silver paused for a moment, then proceeded with the obvious question, “So...why did you come here?”

“Well, have you heard of Buckington? I used to… I used to have a successful store there... before I decided to leave,” she said, her voice wavering.

“I do think I’ve heard of it before, but all I know is the name. I’ve never been there myself.”

“Buckington is the capital of the Duchy of Neighcia.” Lattice took a deep breath to compose herself. “The duke’s son ‒ I didn’t recognize him at the time ‒ he approached me on the street one evening.” She paused, taking moment before continuing, “he wasn’t subtle in what he wanted, but he was alone. He was rather weak, so I just told him no, and ignored his promise to find me…” she trailed off into silence, making eye contact with Silver.

He leaned back a bit, letting that sink in. Silver had a fairly good idea that he knew where this was headed, “Hey, it’s alright. It’s just us here. No reason to be ashamed of talking about it.”

Reassured by his understanding smile, she continued. “The next evening, he showed up at my house with proof of identity and a group of guards… The‒they… The guards in Buckington were... “ Her voice wavered. “It’s no secret that they were more fit to be inside the prison cells than outside, but… but…” She stops, before blurting out, “They held me down for him, with a smile! And one of them…” The traumatized mare let out a few stifled sobs and a whimper. “He took his horn and… cast a bunch of spells on me... “ She takes a few more breaths, trying to hold it together a little longer, before saying in a quiet voice, “[size=8pt]I‒I don’t know what they did… and it scares me,” she said, interrupted by another whimper, before embracing the stallion in a hug.

Eyes bugged out of Silver’s head when he received an embrace from the very mare who freaked out at him for simply touching her shoulder. He accepts it, though, returning a hug of his own, “Little wonder you’ve been having such a rotten time. I would have never imagined.” He’s at a bit of a loss for words, having never encountered a situation quite like this one before. He goes with his gut, “Well, that guy can’t hurt you now. Not here. Not ever again.”

She smiles, one of her most genuine since that night. “Do you really think so?”

“Definitely. He’s got no authority here. I can’t really see somepony like him trekking all the way out here anyway.” Silver contemplates a solution, “If you wanted, you could tell Ms. Hookbill about the Duke’s son and she could make some arrangements to hide your identity or give you special protection. That is, if you think it’d make you feel safer.”

Lattice Frame looks up into his gaze, before pulling him closer and locking lips with him.

If Silver’s eyes bugged out before, they were practically copper saucers now. He jerked back reflexively, “Wh-wha...where did that come from?!” That was probably the very last thing he was expecting to happen when he first showed up at the bridge.

“Oh goddess I‒I’m so sorry! I‒I don’t know what came over me! That...” she stammered, too flustered to form a full sentence, but still taking a step back.

The fanged pony is silent for a moment, trying to process the situation. He had to admit that he had never met somepony who was a victim of such abuse before. Perhaps these kinds of emotional rollercoasters were normal for them? “Oh it’s...it’s no big deal. You really did surprise me, though. That’s not really something that happens every day…”

“Oh, well I‒uhh… I’ll just be going then.” She takes a few steps back before turning and trotting off, mumbling to herself, a her face engulfed in a deep blush. Silver stays, sitting on the bridge in shock as she trots off.

The baffled stallion rubbed his lips. I think I need to talk to somepony about this. Maybe Rosewood or Tunda would be able to explain to me what just happened. Then again, maybe I shouldn’t mention it at all. It could be embarrassing to Ms. Frame. I could just keep her name confidential, though. What to do, what to do...

[29] 17th Hematite, 222

17th Hematite, 222

The moon rests high in the nighttime sky, obscured by clouds as they pass it by. The rather busy village of ponies has all but quieted down. Despite this, a griffon and unicorn wandered the -rather lonely- street. Lucky and Fargo had been given the night shift for that week and it hasn’t been the kindest on her. Mainly the fact she wasn’t the best choice for staying up until dawn. So much so in that she would occasionally nod off before being rudely awaken by her companion.

Lucky trotted off around a corner, eyes growing heavy. It’d been quite a few hours since she normally went to bed, and while she had been used to staying up, her body definitely wasn’t ready for the change. She leaned against the closest building and quickly fell asleep, despite her obvious duties.

She’d get to nap a little while, as it was going to take fargo a bit of time before he’d walk by her as he continued his patrol. Once he got to the building she was at, Fargo made a loud sigh, before shaking her a little. “Come on, you have a job.”

Lucky quickly opened her eyes, her horn lighting up before realizing where she was. “W-What…?” She mumbles, a bit disoriented and groggy.

He shook her again before letting go. “You fell asleep again.” He was tired as well, but at least he was able to keep his eyes open. “Try not to take a break and instead keep walking. When you rest you sleep.”

She sighs and gets steady on her hooves again. “You’d be sleeping on the job as well…” She stretched, mumbling about never doing the night shift if she can help it. “How much longer are we going to be out?”

“Until it get bright out again.” He frowned, before backing away from her. “I know you’re new to this, but you need to get yourself to stay up.”

“Yeah yeah…” She sighs, falling back into line. “Well… Since we’re here, might as well talk, no?”

“Eh....” He tried to think of a way out of it, but decided not to make things awkward. “Alrighty.”

She chuckles trotting ahead. “Didn’t think you’d take the offer.” She turns around. “So, I assume you have a reason for accepting? Not really one to talk to friends.”

He cringed a little when he called him a friend. “You know um, I call everyone friend right?”

She smirked. The reaction definitely was one she was looking for. “Same here too, friend. Why is that?”

He made another sigh. “This is what I get for trying to talk with you...”

“What’s a little socialization to keep us awake? Or are you hiding something~?” She said, jokingly adding a singsong voice to her tone.

“No, I don’t.” He started to walk off to continue his patrol, but kept talking to her. “What makes you think such a thing?”

She shrugs, following him. “People hide things all the time. Can’t hurt to wonder, eh?”

“Yes, but picking at other people’s personal things can.”

“You don’t have anything to hide from me.” She chuckles. “Naaah, just joking. Apologies?”

“Eh, sure...” He said, as he looked out into the dark, trying to spot anything that could be out there.

She sighs, looking around as well, trying to think of something to either say or ask, while she didn’t like the griffon, socializing on duty is nothing new. “Hmmph… You’re no fun when you’re on duty.”

“It’s not just that I’m on duty.” He muttered. “What do you want me to do eh?” He sounded a little annoyed, but not very angry. “This is a job, not play time.”

Lucky sighs once again, however for a different reason. “Do you want an emotionless suck up, or someone who has a personality?”

“I don’t need a suck up, I just prefer people don’t cause problems.” He then turned to face her again. “And there is a difference between not being mean and sucking up.”

“Apologies for the outburst. I am just trying to keep myself distracted from the fact I am tired as hell. I tend to become more… Annoying, if you wish to call it that, when I’m this tired.” She sighs and takes a less annoyed tone, going to her more monotone, professional voice. “And on the term usage, I believe I was correct. Past experiences with my CO has proven me correct.”

He frowned, before looking away. “You don’t have to be sorry, you just need to try and not be as mean or cold to people...” He’d pause for a moment. “What if you went and took a nap or something for an hour or three, and then I wake you up and then I take a nap while you patrol?”

She shrugs. “I suppose that works, at least until proper schedules are set up. Prevents arguments, at least.”

“Alrighty. Just tell me where you are going to go sleep so I wake you up later.”

She shrugs again, already looking sleepier. “Eh… It’ll be somewhere in that general direction.” She pointed to the main building and quickly made her way over. “See you whenever…” Lucky called out as she left.

“Yeah, see you later.” He said, before starting to walk off. He didn’t really trust her to stay up during her shift, but he might as well give her a chance again. Nothing had happened in town, and he was starting to let his guard down.

[30] 18th Hematite, 222

18th Hematite, 222

Like most days, Isolde finds herself sifting through some figures on the pages in front of her. There wasn’t a huge amount to keep track of yet, so she could still do it on her own in addition to everything else she needed to do, but it was still a chore she didn’t relish. She taps a talon idly on the table as she reads, finding nothing unexpected or alarming. Good.

As she worked, a large griffon would walk into the shelter. Fargo had been on duty for a little while and now he was taking a break for lunch. He rested his halberd against the wall near the front door, but as opposed to getting some food, he looked around for one person in particular. Upon spotting Isolde, he started to walk over to her. “Um, pardon me, are you busy at the moment?”

She looks up and quickly smiles. “Oh no, nothing important. What’s on your mind?”

“Well, I have a few things I’d like to talk about, in particular a few problems I have with how the town’s defenses are being run.” He said before taking a seat across the table from her.

It takes a bit of effort not to frown. Looked like this wasn’t going to be as pleasant of a distraction as she’d hoped for. “Alright, what problems are you referring to?”

“I’m sorry if this is a bother but regardless, my problem is rather simple. I feel like we need to have some type of eh.” He tried to think of a way to put it. “Basically, it seems before I showed up it was expected for the guards to go to sleep during the night and have nobody on watch. I have been trying to keep up most nights and keep an eye out since I came here, but I need some help with this. Shooting stars seems willing to help with this but eh...” He paused for a moment and made a small sigh. “Still I’m usually working more hours than I can really handle. There needs to be some rule or something that people takes turns watching at night.” He wasn’t making much eye contact and seemed to be a little anxious.

She listens and relaxes a hair as he speaks. “I see. I’ve been leaving those sorts of decisions up to Kiume, as far as I could, but I understand what you’re saying. We had a bit of a problem before you showed up since we only had him and Shooting Star to watch. Two can’t cover a 24 hour period by themselves for very long, so I think they were just doing the best they could.

“If you want to change the schedule up so that someone is always watching at night, then you’ve got my blessing. I agree that it’s something that should be done, especially now that we have enough to cover it.” She tilts her head a bit. “Do you want me to talk over it with him?”

“Yes, actually.” He smiled a little. “I was hoping you would and Eh, thank you.” The big bird actually looked rather tired, even if he was trying hard not to let it show. “Though em, problems like this probably will keep popping up as the fort grows, eh, as more people come I expect more things will need updating.”

She nods and gives a little shrug. “I imagine so, yes. I’m hoping that Kiume will be able to take over more of the administrative side of this as that happens, so maybe that’s something I’ll talk with him about.” She returns his small smile. “At least we’re making a little headway on formalizing the guard. It’s going to be a few months before it’s done, but the guardhouse will certainly make things feel more official. It’ll probably be necessary by the time we get anyone else.”

“Yes yes, and the guardhouse is a good step, but just be prepared for when you get more people. You have silver in this place, and when word spreads I suspect you’ll be having far more people around than you do now. When you have enough people you soon need to watch them as much as you watch the outside.” He leaned back a little and looked away. “An eh, if the guards watch the people who watch the guard eh?”

Isolde isn’t entirely able to mask her concern this time. “Are you worried that there might be some… corruption?”

He sighed before looking her in the eye. “I’ve been to many towns in my years on the road. There is always corruption.” He looked away again, “This town is small now, and everyone knows each other, but once it gets big enough, someone will get greedy. It will happen, it’s our nature.”

Oh, at least he wasn’t talking about anyone there now. She relaxes again and says, “Likely, yes. I’m not sure exactly what we’ll do to police that and minimize it. It’s kind of one of history’s big questions that nobody has found a perfect answer to.” She taps a talon on the table again. “The simple aspect, of course, is that corruption among any Confederacy employees is immediate grounds for termination and exile, and depending on the exact details I’d probably pursue that. How do you detect and prove it though? That’s the hard part. I think we’ll probably have to fall back on the only really reliable method: just keep track of our own. The guard will probably have to rely on themselves to find any future corruption, for better or worse.”

“Guard’s aren’t only corrupt, they can abuse the trust they’ve been given, walk the thin line between invasive and protecting, and all sorts of things... Look, I’m not planning on us to create some fantastic answer to things like this, I’m just hoping that you start to plan or at least be prepared for this now before it’s a problem. Look to the future eh?”

“I understand your concerns, believe me.” She sits up and takes a deep breath. “These kinds of things are always at the back of my mind. I’m the one responsible for everyone here, so they have to be. Abuse of power at least is easier to recognize and deal with. For any situation though, we can lay out rules but it’s going to come down to circumstance in the end. I’ll do my best to prepare for when it happens, I assure you.”

“I trust you will. Anyways, I think I’ve been enough of a bother as it is. Your doing a fine job here, so I feel rather bad for bringing up such worrisome things.” He said before standing back up. “Thank you for your time.”

“No, no, don’t worry about it. I’m glad anyone is concerned about these matters, really.” She waves a claw. “Any time you want to discuss anything, I’m always available.”

“Thank you, and thank you for the help too.” He said nodding before going to grab his halberd. He’d spent a decent amount of time talking with Isolde, and it was probably for the best he went back to work as opposed to grabbing some food.

“You’re welcome.” She waves him off and goes back to staring at her stock report. Yeah, maybe they should be a bit more careful about that silver...

[31] 21st Hematite, 222

Author's Note

These scenes were not originally in one post, and the first once escaped my initial compilation.

[31] 21st Hematite, 222

21st Hematite, 222

Screams cut through the night, nearly hiding the roar of the flames beneath their noise. Kiume galloped towards them. This was not Shadytrails, he knew that. This was where he went wherever he doubted himself, whenever someone reminded him of the lives he was responsible for. This was the place of fear. This was home, once. The relic weapon that his family had presented him a week ago to mark his first scouting command lay in the dust behind him, abandoned. His father had taught him that it was the greatest dishonour to drop your weapon, for it had been used by hundreds of ancestors before you. Kiume knew this, but his father's fury was a distant fear, barely remembered in the panic that engulfed his thoughts. In his mind, the screams became accusations. He should have found incoming threats to the tribe and alerted them in time to respond. He had been in charge. He had failed.

Kiume's eyes snapped open, his breathing still heavy after the training he had been forcing himself through since dawn. The sun had started to dip towards the horizon now, yet he was certain of two things. The first was that he hadn't done enough to prevent his history from repeating itself. The second was that he was going to drive himself insane following the path he was on.

This was a new thought for the zebra. Ever since he'd met up with a group heading to create a new settlement and decided to join them, he'd trained near-incessantly. But as far as he could recall, he'd barely talked to any of them since then aside from a few brief commands or tips to other soldiers. One of the recruits had smiled at him the other day though, after a particularly grueling workout. It was so long since Kiume had done that, it was nearly an alien gesture.

He sighed, stowed his equipment on a rack, and left the barracks. He could feel some of the tension leaving his body as he walked through the evening glow. Perhaps even deciding to attempt to fix his mess of a life was helpful in its own way, Kiume thought, knocking gently on the door of Isolde's home. The griffon's eyes widened slightly when she saw him, then she gave what Kiume thought was a smile. He wasn't much good at reading avian features yet.

"Kiume!" she said, a slight hint of worry in her voice. "Is something wrong?"

"Everything's good as far as I can see," Kiume assured her. "I just wanted to talk about the military."

"Ah, of course," she nodded, opening the door and gesturing him inside. "Do you need more recruits? Is your equipment up to standard?"

"Our numbers and equipment are both very fine," the zebra said, shifting uncomfortably. "The problem is... well, I wish to resign."

Isolde looked at him for a moment, then gently asked "Kiume, is everything ok with you?"

"Absolutely," he lied. "I've just never been in charge before, it's turning out to be quite a chore. Since I came here my conversational skills have become very rusted, I'm sure the others would prefer their leader to be someone they trusted."

"Well, I can't force you to stay in charge if you think there are better candidates," Isolde said, shifting her wings. "I'll try to find a replacement. In the meantime, I hope you'll mingle a bit more with the rest of us? Some of us have barely seen you when there's nothing to fight."

Kiume's mouth twitched. It looked like something that might develop into a smile if it didn't have something weighing it down. "I'll speak to anyone that I can find and let them know what's on my mind," he promised, opening the door. Perhaps with someone else giving the orders, he'd be able to move on from the ones in the past.

The day after Kiume’s resignation, Isolde takes it upon herself to quickly get this lapse in leadership resolved. There weren’t exactly a lot of choices to be had so she pretty much already knew what she wanted to happen, but it wouldn’t do to make a decision about this without consulting the other guards first.

It was still early afternoon when she sets out toward the training grounds past the foundation of the guardhouse, hoping to find everyone present. Hopefully this distraction from their schedule wouldn’t disrupt things too badly.

Fargo would be sitting at the training ground, sharpening his weapon as the rest trained. He really didn’t care much for this part of the job and much rather be out on patrol actually keeping people safe and doing his job. He’d then get up once he saw Isolde walking towards the grounds, wondering what she had to talk about.

Shooting Star was on the look-out, as always. And spotted the Lady coming over and thought that maybe she wanted to talk. So she brought her cloud down low , almost landing it next to Fargo before hopping off of her impromptu watchtower to face the Griffoness. “My lady.” She greets with a friendly pony smile.

Oh, good, the two Isolde was hoping to speak with were there and it seemed that Kiume and Lucky were nowhere to be seen. Out on patrol maybe. She waves to them and stops just short. “Good afternoon you two. I hope I’m not interrupting, but there’s something I needed to speak with you about.”

“Trust me, it is of no concern. Neither of us were busy.” He was curious as to why she chose to come out here though. This wasn’t normal. “Regardless, is something the matter? Are we needed for something?”

“Nobody’s in trouble, I hope?” Shooting Star added her concern as well.

Isolde waves off Shooting Star’s concerns. “No, no, nothing to worry about. It just seems that we might need to have a bit of a restructuring of the guard here due to… unforeseen circumstances.” She chances a glance back to the shelter, pondering if this should be more private. “Have either of you spoken to Kiume recently about any concerns he’s had about being in charge?”

“‘I’m afraid I’ve not spoken to him about such things.” He raised an eyebrow as he tried to make sense of the situation. “Why is that of importance though?” If it was because of what he thought it was then Fargo would be particularly interested.

“I don’t think Kiume have talked to us much. If at all. I thought he’s just being quiet? did he have a problem?” Shooting Star asked with even more concern.

Isolde sighs. “Yes and no.” She points back toward the shelter. “We should probably continue this in a slightly more private location, if you don’t mind?”

“I don’t mind at all.” He said, before waiting for Shooting to reply.

“Not a problem.” Shooting Star replied afterwards.

“Thanks, come with me then.” Isolde leads the two back toward the shelter, whereupon she goes to verify that it was empty so they could have this discussion in private.

As the door opens, it reveals a certain unicorn that had been late to the meeting. She doesn’t seem to immediately recognize the group, backing up. “Uh… Sorry…” Lucky mumbles.

Fargo was rather surprised to run into her here, but decided not to get at her for being at the shelter instead of patrolling or something. “Good that you're here, we’re about to talk about something regarding the way we’re running the guard.”

Lucky suddenly jerks to full awareness at hearing Fargo. “Damnit…” She mumbles to herself. “Uh… Yeah!” She quickly springs to attention. “Apologies for the uh… Wait. I thought I uh… Heard something here and went to look.”

Lucky’s diligence wasn’t at question here, so Isolde decides that whoever got the position after this discussion could deal with that. “Don’t worry about it. This does concern you too, so come join us, please.” She motions to the seats across from her usual seat at the table that she’d been using as a temporary office.

Shooting Star trots over to one of the empty seats and climbs onto it, settling down and getting ready to hear what’s up.

Fargo took a seat as well, and rested his halberd on the ground next to the table. He’d then wait for Isolde to inform them about what’s going on.

Lucky trots over to the area, however she chooses to stand, choosing to stand a bit to the side, facing Isolde. “I assume something is wrong?”

“It’s nothing urgent or vital at the moment, but in a sense, yes.” Isolde sits back and crosses her hindlegs. “Yesterday, Kiume approached me and expressed his desire to resign as captain of the guard.”

Shooting Star tilted her head, confused. “Did he say why?” she asked.

Lucky quickly nods, staying silent.

Fargo got a big smile on his face before he realized it. He’d then go back to a more stoic look. “Oh... so I take it you’re needing someone to fill his place, eh?” He liked where this conversation was going.

The griffoness nods back to Fargo. “He’ll need a replacement as soon as possible, yes. I’d hoped to get some guidance on that now.” To Shooting Star she says, “He was a bit vague about it, but the impression I got is that he simply no longer felt comfortable trying to be a leader. He wants to remain in the guard, but not in a position of authority. In truth, I believe he’s felt uncomfortable about it the entire time he has been here, so I don’t think it’s anything that happened recently that brought this on.”

Lucky nods again. “I’ve heard of his resignation from leading. I suppose you’ll be needing someone with… Experience?”

“There are a few factors I’m going to consider, and that’s one of them, yes,” Isolde confirms.

Shooting Star adjusts her seatings, perking up at the thought, having caught on the conversation already. “What’s the other factors?” she asked.

“I’m not going to rule anyone out completely, but… ‘existing loyalties’ might be a problem,” Isolde says, hoping Lucky would get the hint. “I’d also rather not have a repeat of this problem if I can help it, so if any of you aren’t interested in it then please say so now.” She’d be fairly surprised if any flat out rejected the position since in her experience almost everyone was ready to grasp at power if given a chance.

Fargo didn’t say a word. He was indeed still planning on leaving as far as Isolde knew, so that might be surprise.

Lucky chuckles, ignoring any implications from Isolde’s speech. “I’d be happy to take over.” She pauses for a moment before continuing. “That was a joke. Whatever you decide to do.”

“Well, I’d be happy if the ladyship would entrust the responsibility and duty to me. And that’s not a joke.” Lucky built that up so well Shooting Star simply had to pounce it.

“I’ve eight years as a soldier and eight as a guard my profession.” He said plainly. Regardless of what he said though, it’s not like he had any proof to back up his claim even if it was true.

Isolde nods. That was two possible takers then, which had reasonable credentials. “Naturally, since Shooting Star has been here for the longest and because we’ve already verified her history I’m keen to favor her here.” She turns her attention to the mare in question. “Although… I don’t think you have as much experience. Do either of you have leadership experience?”

“I’ve limited experience as a leader, but I do think I could make a decent one.” Fargo then looked over to Lucky, and forced himself to speak a little more. “You could ask Lucky to be honest about if I’m competent as a leader from our time on the road with the migrants.” He was going to regret this, but in the end it’s not like this could do much harm. best case scenario she doesn't screw him over.

Lucky chuckled. “The big bad griffon’s trusting me to be honest?” She paused for a moment before continuing. “On a more serious note, it’s debateable. Seeing as, in my knowledge, he put a military logistics officer in a full time guard position without prior knowledge of her skills while also neglecting to speak with his guardsmen, I’d say it’d be my recommendation to consider him only if there are no other options.” She explained, being as honest as she could, smirking slightly as she finishes up.

“She was hired separately by the migrants and I had no say in her appointment. I had to hold her hand like a father does a toddler through the bad side of town.” He tried not to snap at her, but muttered “Her with a sword is like a two year old running with scissors.”

“I just would like to bring up that I had no idea their alcohol in the pub was that strong.” Lucky replied, almost trying to one up Fargo. “Apologies for the interruption, Miss Isolde.”

Shooting Star watches the exchange between the two who she assumed to be lovers, does a little shrug, turns back to Isolde and says “I’ve been a corporal and was assigned to lead the recon squad in our platoon.”

The passive-aggressive arguing between the two was definitely cementing Isolde’s decision here. Already she could tell that giving the position to Fargo would result in endless complaints from Lucky and she might even be openly defiant of his authority. As if she held any loyalty to them anyway. Isolde holds a talon to her temple and frowns. “No experience in a commissioned officer’s position, but it’s better than nothing.” She rubs her temple a bit. “In that case, I think that barring new information, I’d like for Shooting Star to take over. At least on a trial basis.”

The griffoness looks back up to them. “If it turns out you don’t want to command after all, or if it’s not working out for some reason or another, then Fargo can take over. He’ll be second in command for now.”

Lucky simply sighs, staying quiet to avoid anymore arguments with Fargo.

Fargo frowned for a moment. “Very well. This is for the best. I’d just like to let you know that if I were to be given captain, by first recommendation would be to take away Lucky’s position before she gets another pony killed.” He said, before standing up from the table with a fake smile on his face and picking up his weapon. “Eh, again it is for the best I didn’t get the rank though. This way when one of your ponies is bleeding out, it won’t be my fault. It never is.” He said, before turning around and starting to walk off. “I’m sure you can handle the rest with the new captain.”

Isolde taps a talon on the desk, considering whether she should try to say anything to put some sugar on Fargo’s sour grapes, but decides that it’s likely to be something he was going to have to work out on his own. Instead, she says to the ponies and griffon gathered, “Remember, I may not strictly be in the chain of command here, but I do expect you all to remain professional and obey your superiors.” Her eyes flick to Lucky again in particular for a moment.

Lucky sighs, nodding. “I understand Miss Isolde, however some ponies and or griffons here are… Less than tolerable. ‘Twould be a shame to not be able to respond to their oh so clever comments. I leave my comments in this professional setting at that.”

He stopped for a moment, and banged the end of his halberd on the ground. “If you have anything else to say, we can bring this outside my dear and we can settle this like adults.” He turned around for a moment and looked Isolde in the eye. “This is of course if duels are legal here, eh?” It wasn’t clear if he serious or not, but regardless he started to walk out again before Isolde replied.

“They’re not,” Isolde insists, loud enough that he could hear her no matter how far he might have walked. More and more she’s sure she made the right choice here. “I do recommend you all behave like adults though.”

Lucky chuckled nervously, nodding. “Hehe… Ah… Yes. Boys… Acting all tough, ‘Rawr I’m strong, mate with me’.” She said, obviously frightened by Fargo’s display.

“Well.. I was going to say that as long as everybody does as their responsibilities requires of them, then nopony should be bleeding out any time soon. But now I really can’t help but suggest that you two get a room already.” Shooting Star said, unable to help joining in on the foalishness fun and failed to stifle a little giggle.

Fargo kept walking out, and right as he reached the door he heard lucky make the comment. That damned mare knew exactly how to hit his buttons and get the right reaction out of him. He even knew she was doing it at this point. He took a deep breath, and slowly opened the door. He’d then hold there for the next couple of moments. “I’m too old for this.” He muttered under his breath, “She says this stuff to me, and cuts like a knife.” He said, this time louder, enough for them to hear. before stepping outside and taking another deep breath and closing the door behind him.

The old bird knew he made the right choice to take the loss walk out of the building. He’d made a fool out of himself, and everything he did made it worse. He’d tried not to explode at the mare for months and here he did at the worst possible moment. Even worse he let her have the last word, and it was the one thing that made him more angry than any other. He’d been played, insulted, and couldn’t do a thing now.

No, Isolde was going to have the last word here. “Lucky, I’m very serious about everyone acting like adults here. I’m willing to accept you in this town and even trust you to work with the guards, but only if you can work with them. I expect this won’t become a recurring issue.”

Lucky nods, still a bit shaken however. “Yes ma’am. I apologize for my personal matters getting in the way of this… My associate is grating on the nerves.” The unicorn explains, returning to a professional tone after her outburst. “I may not have had the best judgement there and I apologize.”

The griffon nods. “Thank you. I hope the two of you can learn to get along a bit better in the future.” A brief silence falls, which she breaks with, “If there are no other concerns, then you can get back to what you were doing. Kiume is still in charge for today, but I’ll follow up with him on when to transfer command to Shooting Star.”

“I hope that he’ll rest easier tonight. I’ve always wondered why the poor Zebra always looked so tense..” Shooting Star said sympathetically.

“So do I,” Isolde agrees. “Remember, if you feel like you can’t handle it either then I can find someone else. I know it’s not what you signed up for.”

“I’ll try my best until then!” Shooting Star beamed brightly and salutes.

Isolde uncrosses her legs and picks up a quill. “Thank you. You can all get back to work then, and I’ll let you know if anything changes.”

After the talk with Isolde and her promotion, Shooting Star head out to find the Griffon that had stomped off earlier.

Fargo was doing the same. He felt like he needed to talk with shooting star about things as well, and at least explain himself and apologize.

With the two of them looking for each others, it didn’t take long until they ran into each other. Shooting Star perk her ears when she spots the Griffon and waves. “Fargo! Over here!’

The Griffon looked over to shooting star before starting to walk over to her. “Eh, I was looking for you.”

“I was looking for you too! Are you okay today?” She asked with concern.

He made a sigh. “I was alright, until the talk.” He was frowning, and wasn’t trying very hard to hide how he was feeling. “I’d still like to apologize though, for how things went down.”

“You really don’t have to, you’ve got it pretty bad it there.” She commented.

“You know eh... I was getting up to leave because I wanted to get out before things between me and lucky got to dramatic.” He then made a small groan and looked away from shooting star. “Made things worse though.”

“You were challenging her to duel.” Shooting Star pointed out.

“I wanted to shut her up. I know she hasn’t the honor or the courage to actually except such a thing, and even if she did I’d have disarmed her in a few seconds and let her walk away. She’s about as capable with a weapon as a toddler running around with scissors.” He didn’t actually know how competent she was, but he assumed she wasn’t much so.

“Then what’s she doing with a weapon?” The Mare asked questioningly.

“I do not know. I tend to avoid asking her too much, or conversation in general with her.”

“You know, at first I thought you two were feuding lovers. It were kind of cute.” Shooting Star said, giggling a little.

He groaned again and tried not to seem a little angry that she thought that, even though he was.”Eh... eh... yeah, no, I would never even think of romance with someone like her.” He paused for a moment and tried to change the topic. “You know, when I said she’d gotten someone killed before I was serious.”

That had gotten the mare’s attention. “Oh? please do tell me more.”

“When me and her were protecting the migrants coming here, one of them died when he walked away from the group when we were resting. It was her shift after I’d been awake for far longer than I should because she couldn’t be bothered to do her job and I had to be her foreman. Anyways, an hour or so into her shift her armor bearer got ambushed and she lost all of her gear aside from a sword when all she had to do was make sure everyone kept together.”

Shooting Star’s eyes widen as she gasps from the tales. “That’s horrible! how’d the armor bearer even get ambushed anyway?”

“He was a little distance away from where we set up camp. He got pounced upon when he was away from everyone and we only had lucky on guard. We couldn’t watch everywhere and whoever attacked him must of been following us and been prepared and waiting for an opportunity.”

The mare frowned. “Did he at least get a proper burial?” She asked.

Fargo frowned as well. “Eh... we chose to run out of the area as quickly as we could. We had no idea if whoever killed him would come back or if whoever did it had numbers. I wasn’t going to run the chance of someone else getting killed for the sake of a ceremony.”

“Well, do you at least remember his name to make a memorial slate for him?” Moonlight asked further.

“You’d need to ask lucky for his name. I do not know if a slab was made.”

“Hmm.. we should go ask Lucky sometimes. It doesn’t feel right to leave a poor stallion ro rot out there without even a memorial.”

“Yes... regardless though, I doubt she’s seen too it that a memorial was made even though she knew him better than anyone else in the group. She seemed to see the poor sap with little regard and showed more grief at the loss of her armor than at the loss of a life under her protection.”

“That’s.. that’s just wrong..” Shooting Star sighed.

“She even said that it was likely even inevitable that someone would die on the road. Like, walking from town to town is some great exodus. Hell, if that were the case she could have at least done her job and taken the arrow in place of her servant. But no, she has no respect for her job. You saw her in the meeting hall today? she sleeps on the job, goes AWOL, and disrespects her coworkers when she’s supposed to the only thing out here between someone and a bandit.”

“Are you sure that she isn’t a bandit herself?” Shooting Star asked suspiciously.

“No, she’s a mercenary. Which barely any better, but still... she’s not going to attack us at least.”

“Right.. I just hope we can count on her when things goes down and we really need ponies with pointy stuff to drive back something more than a few badgers..” Shooting Star hmpf’d.

“Did you know, I’ve been keeping her from slacking off? I try to make sure she stays up during night shifts, nagging at her trying to keep her from going and doing something else when she should be on duty. It’s okay though because she makes sure to repay the nagging by constantly insulting me.”

“Why don’t you make her do the morning shift instead and you do the night shift? Your eyes are probably better than a pony’s at night anyway.” Shooting Star suggests.

“Because, I can’t do the night shift every night or else I’ll be falling asleep during the day... regardless though, you need to make her work and do her job, or tell her she’s going to lose her job.” He couldn’t do it himself. Without a rank above lucky his corrections to her were just annoyances as opposed to orders. “She’s going to get someone hurt if you don’t.”

“No no, you do the night shifts, and sleep during the day, Lucky and Kiume can do the morning shift and I can take over the afternoon shift. Each one of us will be doing their shift for 9 hours a day, which will overlaps. And then we’ll have the rest of the day free to help out around the town, sleep or whatever we want. Of course I’ll have to make sure Lucky doesn’t naps during her shifts.” Shooting Star explains.

“Alrighty. We should still have our gear on or around us though when we aren’t sleeping and are off duty, though.”

“Yeah, I agree.” Shooting Star nods to that.

Fargo nodded before looking away for a moment, before looking back at shooting star. “I feel like I should let you know that I do feel I should have been given the promotion. I don’t have any ill thoughts of you, but please understand I’ve been doing this for years and I do my job best when I have few people telling me how to do it.”

Shooting Star nods understandingly. “I have no doubts that you know how to do your job, so that’s why I feel that it’ll be safe to let you take the night shift without risk of sleeping off and allowing some thieves to sneak into our town.”

“Yes...” He said, before nodding. “Anyways, I wish you luck with your new position.”

“And I hope that you’ll enjoy your shifts, free of anypony to nag at you.” Shooting Star beams.

“Heh, I’m plan on it.” He said, chuckling a little.

[32] 22nd Hematite, 222

22nd Hematite, 222

On this particular day, Silver Rush picked out a low-lying cloud to snag and use as a cushion for relaxing. From atop his new perch, the bat-pegasus could see all parts of the fledgling town at once. As he watched the residents below at their various jobs or hobbies, Silver paid particular attention to one of the figures: Kiume. The zebra had been something of a recluse, rarely interacting with others unless it concerned his job in some way. Much of his time was spent sharpening his skill with a sword, which was just as true today as any other.

Having heard recent news about the soldier’s change of status, Silver decided to go down and have a talk with him. He wasn’t clear on all of the facts, but the bat-pony suspected that giving the zebra a bit of support with a pep talk couldn’t hurt. He grasped the edges of the cloud and propelled it downward towards Kiume with his wings. After settling at a height within easy earshot, Silver called out to well-muscled equine, “Hey, Mr. Kiume! Nice weather today, wouldn’t you say?”

Kiume jumped, relaxing when he found the source of the greeting. “Right now it does seem good to me, but in those clouds rain I foresee,” he answered awkwardly. He didn’t seem comfortable with the idea of a casual conversation. “Er… have you had any luck working underground? There must be some valuable rocks here, I’ll be bound.”

“There sure are. I found plenty of minerals that could be cut into gemstones. Even without that luxury at our hooves, they are still worth something in their raw form. I could even show you around the mine someday if you wanted.” He seems a little nervous. Maybe I should ask about something he has enthusiasm for. Silver retained his smile as he took in the sight of the zebra’s weapon, “That’s quite a blade. Does it have any history to it or is it just something standard issue? Just about every time I see you you’re practicing with it.”

“It…” Kiume sighed. “We inherited weapons when we came of age, so that we could protect our tribe with an ancestor’s rage. My grandfather fought a dragon with this, if the stories are true. I hoped I’d be able to be a hero one day too.”

The bat-pony descended from his cloud and stepped closer to look at the sword in detail, “I would wish you good luck in that quest, but at the same time I guess that means I’d be wishing for you to put yourself in danger. I wouldn’t wish that on anypony. In the unfortunate event that your services really are needed in repelling enemies, I’m sure you’ll do just fine given how much you train.” He stepped back a bit and looked up at the taller equine, “Besides, you did help save Dawn Star from that badger. That’s got to count for something, right?”

Kiume fell silent, staring into the distance. Then, his head bowed, he answered quietly, “A single life I was able to save cannot repay those I allowed go to the grave. The sword I use cannot win me fame, I’ve already steeped it in my shame. Before I joined this expedition, forgetting that was my only mission. My family was killed in a vicious attack and only I escaped the sack. Every day I remember their screams. In my thoughts and in my dreams.” Kiume sighed, then his eyes widened. He slowly turned to face Silver Rush, hitching a brittle grin on his face.

“Oh dear, I’m sure that you’re quite bored, I’d better just go train with my sword,” he gabbled desperately, putting the blade on his back and spinning to leave.

“Whoa, whoa, hold on there a second!” The winged stallion interjected as he reached out a hoof, “Are you...serious? I’m sorry if this is a sensitive subject for you, but I had no idea you’d gone through anything like that! Do any of the others know about this?” That casts a whole new light on everything. Is that why he stepped down? Did his inability to protect his family make him feel unworthy of military authority? Maybe that’s also why he tends to stay to himself all the time…

“Oh, no,” Kiume answered, then cleared his throat. “I’ve never really talked about what happened that night; I’m just worried it’d give them too much of a fright. I thought it’d be better if I stayed alone and kept my problems as my own. I’m sorry that I sprung this out of the blue, I won’t mention it if it’s too much of a burden for you.” Well, Kiume, here comes your fear. He’ll tell everyone and you’ll be out on your ear.

Silver tilted his head a bit to the left, “I can understand that...but did you ever think that talking about it would help you cope? You can’t just keep yourself buried under that kind of grief without help. It’ll eat away at your soul.” He momentarily scanned the nearby houses, “I’m sure you’ll find that there are more residents here that would be willing to listen to your story than you think.”

Kiume frowned. “It could be that what you say is true,” he admitted. “Perhaps I’ll talk and tell a few. Is there anything I can do to repay the advice that you gave me today?”

The neckerchief-wearing pony raised both eyebrows, “...repay? No, no, that’s alright. I wouldn’t charge for that. Although...I would like it if you tried to spend more time with the rest of us. You know, chit-chat, play a few games, have some laughs. That kind of thing. Nothing soothes the spirit like a good round of friends.”

“I’ll bear in mind all that you’ve said,” the zebra nodded seriously. “I think I see brighter days ahead. I think I’ll take you up on your mine sight-see, whenever you have a day or two free.”

“Sure thing!” Silver grinned, “I’ll let you get back to your training now. Maybe we’ll see each other at supper? We can talk more about the mine then. Have a good day, Mr. Kiume!” The bat-pony waved a hoof and took his cloud back to a higher altitude. Maybe I got through to him some today. At least I gave him some hope for a better future. That’s what matters most.

[33] 12th Malachite, 222

12th Malachite, 222

It was midway through the morning and ponies were getting up to eat breakfast and then head off to work. Fargo was no different and right now was sitting in at a table eating his breakfast, only he seemed far more tired than the rest of the people around him, and every now and then his head would nod down only for him to catch himself and jolt for a moment.

As had become customary by now, Silver Rush took his spot at the same table that Fargo ate at. It didn’t take anyone with sharp observational skills to tell that something was wrong. Before even touching his plate, the bat-pony asked the obvious, “Hey Fargo, didn’t get much sleep last night? You’ve come close to wearing your food as make-up a couple of times now.”

Fargo made a small chuckle at the remark, and tried to perk up a little and make it less obvious he wasn’t holding up well. “Yeah, I didn’t get much sleep, but someone needs to watch this place at night.” He was happy that Silver showed up, maybe a conversation would help him stay awake.

“So what’s your schedule look like? Surely you don’t work nights all the time?” The miner inquired before imbibing from his glass of milk.

“Eh... actually...” he frowned for a moment. “This place didn’t have anyone keeping an eye on it at night when I came here, so I’ve been taking it upon myself to watch at night, and I still have do my normal work during the day.”

Just before he took a bite of the speckled pear he lifted from his plate, the pony stopped cold and gave a frown to the griffon, “Are you serious? You can’t do that to yourself! Even a soldier has to have sleep. Surely you can’t expect to be an efficient defender of this place if you can barely keep your head up, right? Besides, it’s bad for your health.”

“I understand, but someone needs to do this, and I usually have shooting star help out so I can sleep a little. It’s just last night I did it all on my own.” Fargo wasn’t touching his food much, “It doesn't matter though, once I’m walking around It’ll be hard for me to fall asleep. I’m pretty good at going without sleep.”

Silver shook his head, “No, no, I don’t think I can just sit here and let things keep going on like that. There’s no reason that Mr. Kiume and Ms. Star can’t take the night shift in equal yoke with you. Or, at the very least, you should never be required to work all night and then all the next day. Nothing that would prevent you from getting a healthy amount of sleep. You understand where I’m coming from, right? I’m sure we could get a more regular schedule arranged if we spoke to the other guards and Ms. Hookbill about this.”

“I find that talking with someone above you about changing the way things are done can either end well or with someone disliking you immensely, especially when you’re the new guy. I’ve been trying to avoid talking with the captain, but I suppose Isolde might work...”

“Well then,” Silver held a hoof over his heart, “I could be the one to ask about it. I’ll take any flak that might come out of this, though I don’t expect there to be any. I’ll just make it clear that you weren’t the one who suggested the idea and that it was me who insisted on improving the shift arrangements. You know, being a concerned friend and all.”

“No, this is my problem. I can talk to Isolde I suppose. From what I can tell about her she seems pretty fair.” He sighed for a moment, “Maybe I can talk to her around lunch or something.” He rested his head on his hand. “Anyways, how have you been?”

“Yep, I’ve got no complaints about her. She’s really understanding.” The stallion chewed a bit of pear before getting to the question, “Been pretty good. The mine’s holding steady and I haven’t gotten hurt in there yet, knock on wood!” He tapped a hoof against the table during his last phrase, “Finally getting a house of my own has been great too. I’m sure everypony here is going to get their own personal residence. Rosewood told me so. Might take some time, though. If you ever wanna come hang out or something, you’re more than welcome.”

By the time Silver had finished talking, the bird cat across the table from him had his eyes closed and his chest feathers were all fluffed up. He’d failed to catch himself nodding off this time, but at least he didn’t manage to plant his face in his food.

“...alright. I think that settles it.” The rib-winged pony nudged the sleeping soldier on the shoulder, “Fargo, go to bed. You’re not in any shape to perform your duties today. I’m going to go talk to Ms. Hookbill about this as soon as I’m done eating.”

Fargo’s eyes opened up instantly when he was nudged back awake. He looked around for a moment, trying to judge how long he’d been out, before standing up from his seat. “Please, let me talk to her myself. I can make a few hours.”

Silver wrinkled his nose and sighed, “I guess I’ll just have to accept that you’re going to be stubborn about this. Oh well, at least I tried. Do stay safe, Fargo.” He continued to work on the juicy, green fruit with those sharp teeth of his.

“I’m sorry, but I try to take care of my problems myself is all.” He said, before making a small sigh. “I don’t like when other’s worry about me.”

“Alright then. Just try not to pass out in an inconvenient location.” Maybe I’ll ask Dr. Gunther to keep an eye on him. Fargo would probably be more willing to listen to him than me when it comes to health issues.

“Eh I’ll try not to... anyways I probably should be heading out about now.” He said, before picking his halberd up off the ground. “I have a job to do.” He’d figured he’d be fine so long as he kept walking and didn’t rest for too long.

Once the griffon had left the building, Silver gave a shrug and finished his fruit. As he took a dried date from his platter, he fell into a light grin as he imagined the dozing soldier face-planting into the ground. I wonder if falling out of the sky in front of his two co-workers would be enough to convince him that he needs to sleep more.

[34]14th Malachite, 222

14th Malachite, 222

Standing on the lip of earth that overlooks the gaping maw in the ground in the middle of Shadytrails, Tunda carefully makes her way down the slope and to the dark entrance to the mine proper. One hoof she keeps held off the ground, a candle holder with a lit candle attached to it. As she approaches the shadiest part of town, the mare holds up the flame in front of her and boldly strides into the stony tunnel where the batpony she seeks spends most of his time.

The echoing of hooves meeting the quartzite floor fill the air between pings of the miner’s chisel. It grabs the stallion’s attention fairly quickly, prompting him to turn and face the new source of light. The lantern which Silver already had with him helps pick out the physical features of his guest. He releases the pick from his mouth, placing it on the ground so that he can speak freely, “Tunda? Wasn’t expecting to see you down here. So how have you been today?”

The mare approaches and gives a wide smile, teeth reflecting more light than her darker coat. "Very well, I should say. I had pleasant news to share, if you don't mind the delay." She points a hoof at the rock he was working on just before she interrupted.

“Good news, eh? I’m always up for hearing some of that. Let me guess, a caravan showed up? Or maybe somepony found orange trees?”

"Orange trees? Now that would please, but my news doesn't have to do fruit, or merchants come to sell their loot." Tunda steps over toward a wall, passing the light near it and looking for the sort of pretty gems Silver has mentioned. She'll continue making him guess at why she's here as she does.

Interspersed within the solid sea of grayish-pink rock are chunks of rough, bluish-black fragments, which could well be the tourmaline that Silver had no doubt mentioned to her in past days, “Um, one of the residents has a musical instrument and has volunteered to play for us next time we sing?” Silver tilts his head in question.

Tunda sits on her haunches and picks up one of the blue rock fragments in her unused hoof, then uses the tuft of her tail to brush it off. "Another good guess, my batty pony, but no it isn't so, alas if only." She brings it up closer her face, examining it with interest.

“You’re enjoying this, aren’t you?” Silver remarks with a smirk as he rolls his eyes, “How many guesses do I get before you tell me? Did you find a place where lightning strikes twice? Or a Sasquatch? The Fountain of Youth?” He decides to overwhelm her with randomness until she gives him the truth, “A spider with wings? The end of the rainbow? Ice that doesn’t melt?”

Tunda chuckles and stands. "Those would all be noteworthy it's true," she walks past the stallion, brushing his withers with her tail as she passes. "But this is news about me and you."

Well, now he’s really confused. I’m just about out of ideas. If it was news dealing with me, wouldn’t I know about it? He scratches his head, only to realize that there’s a helmet in the way, “Um...uh...oh, I give up! What is it?”

Tilting her head and smiling, Tunda speaks excitedly. "You know the houses our friends are building with their labors? I've been told the two of us are to be neighbours!"

“Huh? Oh! I knew that more houses were being built soon, but I didn’t know who would be living next to who.” The bronze-eyed stallion wipes some sweat and dirt from his forehead with his ever-present neckerchief. “So our houses are going to be right next to each other? That’s great to hear! It’ll be really convenient for when we want to hang out or practice our singing. The only way to make it better would be if Rosewood ended up living on the other side of me.”

"I don't know who the other houses belong to, only that Patina and Jack will live nearby, to name a few." Tunda purses her lips slightly. "I haven't spoken to miss Rosewood very much yet. But I would guess that it won't be far away where her house is set."

The stallion sits on the cold ground, lifting his pick with a hoof and examining it, “Actually, the first house belongs to Rosewood. Or at least that’s what she told me. I guess I could come and check after I get done with my shift to see exactly where our two houses will be, right?”

Tunda nods. "When does your shift end? If it's soon, I could wait until then. Maybe you could show me around the mine? I'd like to see where you spend your time."

At her question, Silver leans over and examines the hourglass that he has set beside his lantern, “I’d say...about forty more minutes. Maybe forty-five. Depends on how long it takes me to get the last shipments of stone out of here.” The bat-pony stands back up and lifts one of the rocks dispersed across the floor with a hoof, “I guess I could show you a few things while I load up the basket with fragments, sure!”

Over the next fifteen minutes, Silver Rush shows Tunda the layout of the cavern. He also describes what particular substances he is excavating today as well as the procedures he uses to get them up to the surface world. The two of them climb the stairs so that he can demonstrate the mechanism he uses to lift the presently rock-filled bucket out of the mine. “So once I get that bucket loaded onto the pull cart and bring it over to the masons, that’s about it for me. After that, I go back down and start the process all over again until I get all the material I need.”

With interest in him and his work, Tunda listens to the lecture about the rocks, asking questions at what seems to be appropriate times. The pulley system leaves her wondering about the things that aren't usable by the masons. "Another question, from this stems. If you take the stone to the masons, what do you do with the precious gems?"

“Ah, those,” Silver laments for a moment, “Since nopony here has the skill to cut them, we usually just stock those away in boxes. I have kept a small hoof-full of them in my own collection, with Ms. Hookbill’s blessing. Such a shame that their full beauty will remain hidden for the foreseeable future.”

Tunda bumps her side against Silver. "I'm sure we'll have one skilled in cutting gems, soon. To our little community, it would be quite a boon."

Huh. Tunda seems to be strangely ‘cozy’ today. “We can always hope. Perhaps if Ms. Hookbill requests it, she can have a lapidary sent here at some point in the future. Shame none of the newest migrants seem to have that skill. Or if they do, she hasn’t...I mean…they haven’t told me.” For a moment, the bat-pegasus has his glance drift off into the distance, pondering something as he taps a hoof against one of the wooden cranks.

The look doesn't escape Tunda's notice. "Is something the matter? You have a certain stare. And you said 'she', as if you meant a certain mare?" He could mean miss Isolde, since she would be the one to ask about new arrivals, but something tells her intuition that it's more than that.

Oops. Looks like the cat is out of the bag now. Doesn’t really matter, I suppose. Rosewood seemed to be as confused about the ‘incident’ as I was when I explained it to her, so I should probably ask Tunda about it anyway. “Yeah...I do kind of have a question of my own. I don’t know if you can give me an answer or not, but I guess it’s worth a shot.” The stallion’s eyes search for any eavesdroppers before concluding that the two are indeed alone, “Do you know why a mare would kiss a stallion, for no obvious reason, mind you, and then immediately act like she regretted it?”

Tunda's ears fold back for a moment. "Only one reason that comes to mind. That she's shy and worries that he won't return her feelings in kind."

He leans over and places an elbow on a support beam, “I guess that might make sense in some contexts, but...I don’t know. I guess it’s pretty obvious that the stallion I’m talking about is me, right? I know I can’t hide that from your keen sense of observation. I mean, there was absolutely no indication that it was going to happen. It wasn’t like I was inviting it or anything. I don’t even know if you could properly call that mare and I ‘friends’ yet...”

"So then you don't feel the same way?" Tunda asks with a bit of forced casualness, and then continues, assured. "Then it seems clear to me, she saw that on your face."

The miner lowers his gaze, “Well...I do have to admit that my reaction wasn’t the most positive, but can you blame me? I mean, wouldn’t you recoil if somepony sprung that on you when you had barely even talked to them in the past?” He shakes his head, “I do feel kind of bad about it...I didn’t want to hurt her feelings. What must she think of me now?”

"She should realize it was wrong to spring that on you," Tunda says, nodding in agreement. "But it's important you're honest with her soon. Don't let her wonder if you do feel the same, but instead tell her you don't, without giving blame."

“Here I was thinking that stuff like that develops over time, not happen in an instant. Though romance isn’t something I know a whole lot about. I guess I’ll handle this as I need to. Only time will tell.” Silver raises his eyes towards the Sun, noting its position. “I think I should head back down and finish off my shift. You can still wait for me if you want to show me the houses when I’m done.” The bat-pony begins to move back towards the staircase, “Oh, and, thanks for the talk, Tunda.” Even if I’m still confused.

She opens her mouth to say something, but stops and pauses before starting again. "It costs one nothing to give friendly advice. I only hope to end your problem, it will suffice. I'll be here when you've finished your shift," Tunda says, and ends there. ...But I still wonder who would make an advance so swift. The thought doesn’t bother the mare overmuch, who watches the bat go back into his cave, smiling and then finally letting out a chuckle to herself. She’ll surely see which pony it was. The situation could make a good poem, she ponders, and the thought amuses her even more.

It's a funny thing about truisms, that for every one there's another that advises the opposite. Each of Tunda's tales could be told alongside another with the other moral. Sometimes fortune favors the bold, and it's said the early bird gets the worm. But perhaps this other mare was too bold, and others would say that the second mouse gets the cheese. If the other mare played the hare, then Tunda can be the tortoise... no matter how much she might like to choose a more flattering metaphor. No zebra with a coat like hers is so much like a scaly reptile, after all!

After another twenty-five minutes had passed, the fanged pony had managed to wrap up his work. Once he had dropped off the last shipment of stone with the masons, he returned the wagon to the mine entrance and unstrapped himself, “That should do it! How about we go see those soon-to-be houses now?”

Standing up from laying down in the grass, Tunda walks over. "We should go what, for our homes, they have in store. But on the way, I'm curious about what we talked about before."

Removing his mining helmet, he straightens up his black-violet mane, “Before? You mean the kiss? What else do you want to know?” Maybe she has another bit of insight for me.

Tunda gives him a lopsided, amused smirk. "You left out one important fact. Which mare was it by whom you were attacked?"

Silver yields a nervous laugh, “Heh, attacked. Never would have thought to put it quite like that.” He then draws a breath, “I’m not really sure if it’s my place...but I’ll tell you on one condition: you have to give me your word that you won’t tell anypony else about this. If rumors got around, it could be harmful to her. Maybe to me as well.”

She nods, understanding the concern. "That is more than fair enough, and I promise it will stay between the two of us." Tunda holds a hoof up to her chest as she does.

“Alright then…” The bat stallion clears his throat, allowing his lenticular pupils to scan once more for the presence of others. He keeps his voice low, “...it was Ms. Frame. Lattice Frame, I mean. The gray earth pony with the blue mane?”

The mare knits her brows. "I believe I know the pony you mean, but I've never had a chance speak with her that I've seen."

“Well, if you ever do, try not to let on that you know what she did, okay?” The stallion looks past the zebra, “Now, how about we go see how Rose and the other carpenters are doing with our houses? It sure feels good knowing that I’ll soon have my own roof to sleep under!”

[35] 16th Malachite, 222

16th Malachite, 222

There was much discussion taking place in the new house belonging to the local miner. Tunda and Silver Rush had met up there after work so that they could make some plans for their next show. The stallion paced back and forth across the wooden floor as the two tossed ideas back and forth, “So about the design of our uniforms...I was thinking that we should have them made in some shade of blue. I think that color would be a good complement to your own blue eyes and a good contrast to my copper eyes. Plus, our coats are brown and gray, which are fairly neutral and could therefore go with blue just as easily as any color. Do you have any thoughts on that?”

"None except that I agree, and a great many colors would look attractive on you or me," Tunda complimented them both.

The miner gave a nod and smile in response, “So we’re in agreement! I’m thinking about a tunic for myself. Perhaps a robe or gown for you?” He let out a sigh and glanced at one of the windows, “Too bad we don’t know when Ms. Frame will have a chance to actually create them. Who knows when we’ll actually get some cloth to work with around here?”

Tunda nodded sympathetically. "It may be some time, before we even see so much as twine. Maybe the next set of traders will bring some cloth? Hopefully Lattice Frame won't be too busy to pull them off." The zebra needed to see her some time before she starts, and ensure she gets something that will show off her figure.

“I hope so. You never can tell what they’ll bring, though. Maybe it would be more realistic to think about getting some instruments before suits. Surely something simple like a drum could be created with material currently available to us?”

"I would think so, but how to make instruments isn't something I know," Tunda says with a shrug. Maybe somepony in town has those sort of skills.

Rosewood had been thinking since she’d seen Silver and Tunda perform, and now thought she had enough to work with. She’d paused hearing voices from inside the residence before raising a hoof and knocking. “Silver? It’s me.”

A fuzz-tipped ear twitched at the voice, “Excuse me for a moment, Tunda.” Silver trotted over and opened the door, revealing the fuschia unicorn standing on the other side, “Rose! How are you today? Please, do come in.”

Rose grinned and stepped in, noticing Tunda. “Oh, sorry if I was disturbin’ anythin’. I can wait until you two’ve finished your conversation first, it’s not urgent.” She nodded politely at the zebra however. “How are you today, Tunda?”

Tunda smiled broadly in response. "I'm just fine miss Rosewood. I hope you'll tell me the same if you could."

“I’m also fine, thank you.”

“We weren’t too busy,” Silver assured Rosewood before walking over and wrapping a hoof around her neck in a friendly gesture, “Just talking about things related to our show. Speaking of which, we should probably set a date for the next one. If this proves popular enough, I’d like to be able to do it every month.”

Rose’s ears perked with interest. “That’s what I came to ask about, actually. I wondered if I could join in performin’ something. I have my poetry I think some others might like. I might have enough t’turn into short stories if that would be favored too.”

This was an unexpected surprise! "I had no idea you had skill with verse! I would love to hear it rehearsed,” the zebra mare spoke excitedly.

“It’s nothin’ spectacular, but I think I would prefer it if somepony with experience heard it before t’rest of t’town.”

“Another addition to the show…”, the bat-pony contemplated aloud while he tapped his chin with a hoof, “I hadn’t considered turning this into more than just a singing, but I do like that idea. Yeah! There could be multiple acts. Maybe anypony with some kind of talent that they could display could be a part if they want to. This could be big!”

The chocolate zebra nodded. "I'm sure everypony would appreciate some variety. I have another pony to suggest, if that wouldn't be impropriety."

Silver’s interest is further piqued, “Another? Who did you have in mind?”

"I've spent time speaking with Shooting Star. I haven't asked her to perform, but she has a dancing talent to impress wide and far."

That was certainly some information that the bat-pony hadn’t learned of before, “Dancing? That’s great! Something like that could definitely be integrated into our own act. We really should find out if there’s any way to work that out.”

Rosewood’s presence reminded Silver about a question he wanted to ask. Now that she might actually be a part of their little ensemble, it would be even more appropriate to bring it up, “Hey, Rose! We could really use your expertise in building a good quality stage for the performances. I think it should be pretty roomy, just in case some future act requires some extra space. Maybe we could also put wheels on it so that it could be moved around more easily. What are you thoughts about that?”

“Sounds good! I’ll draw some designs t’night and see what you guys think about it t’morrow? Where do you think we’d keep it when it’s not in use?”

“Great!” the fanged pony grinned at the obvious enthusiasm the unicorn had, “We should be able to store it somewhere that it will be protected from the weather. The communal shelter might have worked if any of the doors were large enough for it to get through. Then again, a stage that can be disassembled and reassembled might be able to make it through the doors. Plus, we’d also need to make sure that Ms. Hookbill is okay with us putting it in there.”

“Sounds great, I’m sure that can be arranged. I’ll think about it before I turn in t’night. Who’s askin’ Ms Hookbill?”

"Silver and I can go ask if you don't mind. I think she'll agree with the idea, we'll find." Miss Isolde has always been a reasonable griffoness.

“That sounds like a plan to me,” the chiropteran stallion concurred, “While we’re at it, maybe I can convince her to allow us to post some flyers up around town. We’d be more likely to get new acts if others know that we’re recruiting. I’d also like to add in a part inviting any residents who know how to construct or play instruments to see us as well.”

“Maybe now’s a time for me to learn instrument makin’, if that’d help?”

“I wouldn’t want to put too much on you, but I’m sure there are quite a few things that could be constructed from wood. After seeing what you made for my birthday, I know you certainly have the talent needed for it,” Silver’s lenticular eyes glanced over to the carved figure sitting beside his bed. “I wouldn’t object to you giving it a shot if you wanted to, though.”

Rose simply grinned.

After some further discussion, all of the issues were ironed out and Rosewood was officially added in as a third performer. In addition to this, a date was finally decided for the second show: 1st Galena. Unless this turned out to be a disaster, the plan was to have it become a monthly feature of the Shadytrails experience. Now only time would tell.

[36] 24th Malachite, 222

24th Malachite, 222

Later that evening, after finishing with her journal, and stewing her own thoughts some more, Patina heads outside, walks to the house that has been given to Tunda, and knocks on the zebra’s door.

It doesn't take the zebra mare long to get out of bed and cross the small room to open the door. She gives the little unicorn at her door a lovely smile, not that the expression often leaves her face except to show different degrees of amusement. "Oh hello Patina Dreams, what brings you here beneath my eaves?"

"Hello Tunda, just... err... just a friendly visit to my new neighbor. Are you busy now? Could I come in?" Patina asks, deciding that blurting out her concerns outright would be less than ideal.

Tunda can't turn down a friendly visit, and holds her door open further for the timid mare. "Of course you can enter, and I am not busy. But I warn you there isn't much to see," she jokes, gesturing at the bare, featureless, walls of the one room home.

Patina chuckles, "well, we only just moved in, I'm sure you'll have plenty of time to fill it with all manner of interesting zebra-y things before long."

Patina enters the house and looks around for, at the least, a chair to rest in. Finding none, she instead sits in the floor near the hearth.

The zebra mare gives Patina a funny looks, as she sits her haunches on her bed and pats it next to her. “You don’t need to sit there on the hard floor. I wouldn’t want you telling ponies that as a host, I’m quite poor.”

"Oh... I didn't want to impose. Alright," Patina Dreams moves to sit on the bed next Tunda. "So... how are you liking your new home?" Patina asks.

"It is very cozy I have to say, but could do with a window or two. I can hardly tell when it's night or day!" She answers, chuckling. "How is your new home treating you?"

"Hmm..." Patina hesitates, "I'm... conflicted about it. It's a... nice home, but... I don't understand why I was given it..."

"Hmm...? What is there to not understand? You were with us when we first settled this land."

"Well... I don't feel right about it. I serve Mistress Isolde, I shouldn't have a private room before she does. I... I tried to tell her, but she insisted that I take it... Feels wrong."

That... Is not what Tunda expected, but she can try to comfort the mare regardless. "Do you know when miss Isolde plans to have a place to nest? Or is she being charitable and building houses first for the rest?"

"I don't know when... she did say she had something special in mind for her home. Something in the trees above, after everyone else has a roof... but it still seems so... improper for our leader to be the last to have a place for themselves. I greatly respect that she doesn't want to waste resources on something grand right now... but she should have my house. I don't deserve it."

Tunda is quiet for a moment. "I don't think it's improper for you to have a house, but I want to find some way these concerns to douse."

Patina lays back on her back, "Maybe... I don't know, I'm not from around here. If you don't think Mistress Isolde is acting... strange, maybe I'm just... I don't know, confused I guess. I'll try not to worry about it..."

Tunda lays down as well, but on her belly next to Patina, and folds her forelegs in front of her. "Miss Isolde is acting normally for here, but that doesn't mean you're wrong to have this fear. Perhaps for her house you could draw up a plan, and ask her to have it built as soon as she can."

Patina scrunches her muzzle in thought for a moment, then nods at the ceiling, "That is, a good idea Tunda. I will do just that."

Patina turns her head to look at Tunda, "You know... I was going to try and talk her out of the treehouse idea. It's terribly impractical... but I think her having a house above the town like that is an interesting idea... I'll start sketching some ideas tonight."

Tunda smiles warmly for the desert-dwelling mare. "A house in a tree would be quite a thing to see. Merchants will see it when they come to town, and leave to tell others about an architect of great renown."

"I hope not," Patina replies without thinking, then seems to think better of it, "I mean, probably not, but it should be nice at least..."

Patina continues rambling on, "with a balcony or two, and large windows to let in the sun... when we get a competent glassmaker. And... the still living tree going right up through her sitting room..."

"It sounds idyllic, though making it will be a trick." Tunda shifts to lay on her side, curling up her braided tail over her hindlegs. "But just remember for when we have a glassmaker or two, I'm sure the rest of us would like windows too," she says lightheartedly.

"Of course," Patina nods, "We planned for that when constructing the walls. They should be quick to install when we can."

Tunda nods, and gives a few moments before changing the topic. "So, I've never met anypony from where you're from, and I'm interested in why to this place you'd come."

Patina frowns briefly, then recovers, "Oh, well, I do love my homeland, and hope to return one day, if the gods are willing, but... well I needed to get away for awhile. Someplace far away. I'd never been this far south and... so I came."

"...When I ran out of money," the gold and jade adorned unicorn says, "I started looking for a wealthy pony to serve, and I found Mistress Isode, and now I'm here."

Thee quick-witted zebra asks the immediate question. "You never sold your gold and gems? Should I guess there was no price high enough for them?"

Patina nods, "I sold what I could part with. These I still have, they belonged to my mother, a fair price for them would not be fair enough. I would not sell them unless my life depended upon it... I am grateful that I found work when I did."

"As am I, my friend. Else you may not have ended up on this land I tend."

"I must admit, settling an entirely new town so far from home... is not what I ever could have imagined I'd be doing with my life."

"I don't mean to twist a knife," Tunda begins, hoping the mare isn't sensitive about this point, since she brought it up. "But what did you expect to do with your life?"

Patina sits up, “I expected my father would arrange a marriage for me, hopefully to a kind stallion like my brother in law, whom he picked for my eldest sister. Then… then I’d be a mother, and continue pursuing my talent as… a hobby more or less.”

“Many fillies dream of becoming a mother and a wife, but would you have been happy living that life?” Tunda asks curiously.

Patina nods, “Yes. Quite happy I believe, but it was not meant to be.”

Tunda rests her head on one of her foreknees. "Perhaps you'll find a stallion here, and have your talent and somepony dear."

“Oh, I do hope so,” Patina says laying on her side now, facing Tunda, “I’m hoping we can attract some nice single stallions as the town expands, not really many good choices right now. Other than Silver Rush, of course but… I think you’ve got dibs on him.”

"Truly, is it that clear to see?" The zebra mare puts a hoof to her muzzle in a display of faux-bashfulness. "It's the oldest romantic story there is: I can't say how he feels about me. So I do not know yet if I can say I have 'dibs'."

“Well, I wish you luck then,” Patina says reaching a hoof to her friend’s hoof, a moment passes, and Patina looks down at Tunda’s hooves.

“Oh, Tunda, look at these… you’ve been working in the fields too long, when was your last hooficure? Don’t answer that,” Patina gets up out of the bed, “Come with me, back to my house, if you are going to impress Silver Rush, we are going to have to pretty you up some more.”

Tunda flips her braided mane with a flick of her head. "I wish you luck, trying to make me more tempting." Regardless, she gets off the bed and makes to follow Patina, happily. "Though I won't object to your attempting."

[37] 28th Malachite, 222

28th Malachite

Sighing contentedly, a certain zebra mare with an intricately-braided and deliciously-colored mane and tail lays on her side, soaking in both sunshine and the view of her new neighbourhood. Tunda sighs again and stretches her legs, appreciating again how thoughtful it was to build their houses with stairs up to the roof. And how glad she is to have decided to settle long enough for them to build it for her.

From where she's sunbathing, the mare can survey Shadytrails, and looks over the ever-increasing bustle of the little village. So many new ponies and griffons, and even a few zebra. She sees them at dinner, during her performances, but that's no substitute for knowing them one-on-one. But then again, she considers, shouldn't she start with the ones who were here first? Tunda turns her head to look over, and sees Rosewood working away at her bench a ways away. Patina is likewise busy, and besides, they have a blossoming friendship already.

... that leaves one stallion in the vicinity who she's somehow managed to only speak with in passing, and yet has been here with since the beginning. Tunda sits up, slowly and grudgingly with how comfortable and sleepy she'd gotten, nearly nodding off under the gentle spring sunlight. She has one fine idea for getting to know him, and goes downstairs to put it into action.

A few minutes later, after a quick trip to the fields, then to the stockpile, Tunda walks over the nicely-laid stone path, and approaches the door to Jack Pine's new dwelling. She lifts the hoof that isn't holding a small wicker basket, and knocks in a quick, upbeat series of hooftaps.

*tap* tap* *tap*

There’s a rustle of commotion behind the door before she can hear the familiar ping of Jack Pine’s door unbolting. Behind is Jack Pine with a shovel slung over his shoulder, dirt all over his flannel shirt, and a somewhat startled look on his face. “Uh, yes?”

The zebra tilts her head apologetically. "I hope I'm not disturbing you, because I was trying to be pleasant." She lifts up the basket, showing it to be full of freshly-picked strawberries and blackberries. "Because we're neighbors now, I brought you a housewarming present."

Jack Pine sizes her up and down curiously before taking the basket in his teeth. “Nah, you’re not intrudin’, ‘Neighbor’. By all means, come on in.”

Inside his near mint condition home, a single three foot by three foot square of the wood floor has been ripped out in the corner, exposing the dirt.

With a winning smile, Tunda strides inside as she's invited. "Thank you, Jack Pine, for letting me visit. Uh..." She notices immediately, the biggest difference between her house and his. "... that isn't meant to be a garden is it?"

Jack Pine blinks as he puts the gift on the kitchen counter, not getting her gist for a moment. Then he looks at the big dirt hole in his home too. “Oh! No! That? That’s the start of a basement. Yup. Real early start.”

"Oh, I see, a proto-basement. I admit it's not a bad improvement. Though if I were to choose one for my home, I think I'd first like a window for my own." With her tail, she gestures at the plain walls they all share.

Jack Pine makes a tisk with his tongue. “Yup. Light would definitely be a nice addition out here. And candles .... and wax for candles .... and glass for windows ...” He rubs his neck and coughs while they share an awkward silence, as he remembers how to converse. “So, uh, you were in that show a couple days back with Silver, right?”

Latching onto the return of conversation, Tunda nods enthusiastically. "I did yes, did you attend? And did you enjoy the music 'til the end?"

The Lumberjack shrugs. “I mean, I am the polar opposite of a fancy pantsy city critic, but it was alright. Kept the morale up. Wouldn't mind to listen again, with a bottle of whisky.”

The mare laughs. "Sadly I can't promise a bottle of whiskey, rum, or gin, but I can say you'll hear us perform again."

Pine smirks briefly, before feeling the need to clarify “I mean i’m not trying to say your singing so bad I need some rum, I’m just saying that a proper saloon to relax in, with the proper amenities wouldn't go amiss. It’ wasn’t a ...”

Tunda tilts her head, and patiently waits for him to finish.

“Hey! Speaking of rum, that’s what the basement is going to be for eventually, for a still and wine rack, all using nice hoof carved wood.” Pine says to avert any more unintended insult in the other conversation he desperately wants to abort.

"I look forward to tasting a sample," Tunda tells him. "I'm sure eventually your stock will be ample."

Pine nods. “Figure if I make extra, I’ll put it in the kitchen for everyone to share, It’s only the neighborly thing to do.”

"Everyone would appreciate that generosity. It will be nice to have something beside juice and tea." Tunda looks sheepish momentarily, after that last rhyme.

A small smile creeps on Pine’s face. “You know, you don’t got to do that. It ain’t so formal a talk, I wouldn’t mind.”

"I know you wouldn't mind, if everything didn't rhyme," Tunda answers, still smiling herself. "But I do it because it's fun, same as when I speak to anyone."

“Really?” Pine says with an undertone of fascination. “Seems like it’d be so difficult ...”

"I know to put so much practice in such a thing seems silly," Tunda admits unabashedly, "but it's easy when I've been doing it since I was a filly."

“I ... is that usual?” He shuffles his hoof in a gesture. “I mean ... I haven’t met many ... you know what I’m trying to say.”

"Many zebra in my village could, though not all of them so often would. The warriors not as much, spending all their day swinging swords. It leaves so little time for playing with words," she fancifully explains.

“Hm. Good to know.” Pine Jack says with an appreciative nod. “And I’m glad you’ve got an ear for music. Means you won’t mind if I plunk away at my ‘ol acoustic guitar on the front porch, hopefully?”

"Not at all, I'd rather like to hear. I'm sure it'll pleasing to the ear." For emphasis, Tunda paws at one of her ears with a hoof as she says it.

“Right.” Jack Pine says through a thin smile. It would take someone who knew him well to know thats as close as he gets to being pleased as punch.

The mare waits quietly, seeing if the conversation has enough to continue on. A pleasant house guest doesn't stay longer than they're wanted, even if she doubts he'd give up her company so soon.

“Well, thanks for the berries neighbor. It was, uh, a nice thought. Not a lot of Ponies come over my way, so thanks.”

"Don't mention it, neighbor. It was but a minor labor," Tunda humbly and happily says, waving a hoof. "Now perhaps I should take my leave, before my welcome we start to grieve."

“ ... “ Jack Pine scruffs his left forehoof with his right. Half of him is content with letting her walk away, but the other half was simply curious. “Hey, uh, Before you go, who you gotta ask to be in the Show? you know, jus’ ... If someone asked me.”

With a knowing smile, the zebra answers, "If somepony were to want to know, direct them to me or Silver, about the show."

“Will do.” Jack Pine shoves a couple berries in his mouth and picks up his shovel.

Saying her goodbyes, Tunda leaves the stallion to his work, happy with the impression she made. She wouldn't have chosen any other neighbors if she could have.

Journals: 3rd Hematite, 222 to 10th Galena, 222

3rd of Hematite

I heard earlier from somepony, that soon work will begin on houses for residents. I haven't minded the shared quarters, but lately they've gotten cramped, as more ponies and griffons come to Shadytrails. I can't complain at seeing so many new faces, but nor would I be opposed to having a home of my own.

It also seems the local tress' fruits are nearly ripe, and ready to fall. I may need to doctor's help to pick the stubborn ones that refuse when I start bucking the trees. That reminds me as well, miss Isolde had a workshop set up for me, for farming tasks. I was given a stool and bucket, and so decided that everyone might enjoy having some milk to drink. There was even a water buffalo nearby that looked ready to be milked.

...Hopefully nopony asks how I managed it.

I blame PersonalGamer for this. :P

In my defense, Telgin is an accomplice for bringing cattle and mentioning that Tunda milked them.

11th of Hematite

After a few days of practice and getting miss Isolde's blessing, Silver and I put on a performance for the townsfolk. We set up an area around a bonfire with a makeshift stage, and sang a few songs for everypony, griffon, and zebra. We were well received, unsurprisingly! I'm glad for the two of us to have given everyone something fun to do, and from what he says, I can count on us having a repeat performance.

As much as I look forward to that, not all the news today was good. One of the ponies was attacked by a frenzied badger. I would think an animal like that would be too afraid to come near the town, but it sadly seems not. From what I've been told, the guards took care of it before anyone else was hurt.

27th of Hematite

I've seen the foundations laid for the houses set to be built, and had a very happy surprise when I was told the southernmost two, built side by side, would belong to myself and Silver. I am not sure if Patina Dreams or Rosewood, or miss Isolde herself set up the arrangement of the houses, but I have to wonder if it's a hint. The rest of our little future neighborhood is pleasing as well, living so near Patina especially. And I look forward to the chance to see more of the ponies I've seen so little of, like Jack.

After all, we both tend to green, growing things. I nurture them to life and he brings about their end so we can enjoy shelter and crafts. We should be kindred spirits.

When I heard this news, I went down to the mine to see Silver, and tell him that we would be neighbors soon. We had a pleasant talk, and he showed me some pretty gems and ores. Lovely though they were, I confess they weren't the most attractive thing I saw down there.

26th of Malachite, 222

Patina Dreams came to see me today, so I can say I've had my very first houseguest since coming here. She made for a perfectly pleasant one at that, though she came to me a little distressed. Her concerns were strange, but I listened regardless, and hopefully assured her that nopony would think she was doing something wrong by accepting Miss Isolde's kindness.

As an aside, I'm very glad I had the restraint to avoid saying what I had guessed was bothering her.

28th of Malachite

I brightened Jack Pine's day with a visit from his new neighbor earlier, and only made mine better as well. He liked my housewarming gift it seemed, and even ending up expressed interest in the show Silver and I put on. Although he did it in a funny way; such a tough-looking stallion beating around the bush.

Speaking of Silver, and how appropriate when I've always been told I have a silver tongue, Jack was digging a basement when I went to see him. I wonder if I could convince Silver to dig one for me? If he's not too busy to help a poor mare in need. After all, most stallions love chances to be dashing and helpful when beautiful mares are involved, and Jack's idea was a good one...

I must remember to ask Miss Isolde when we'll have grains to grow, for spirits to savor. It is known, I do love to raise the spirits of Shadytrails' ponies and griffons.

11th Hematite, 222

There have been some wild badgers in the area. Not those dangerous badger-ponies that Star was telling me about to scare me. Just ordinary badgers. They got a bit to close so the militia chased them off and killed a few. Hopefully that will keep the wild animals away for awhile. If not, maybe we should build a wall of somekind... I don't know it it's worth the effort and resources though. I won't suggest it to the Mistress just yet.

15th Hematite, 222

Things are going well. I spoke with Mistress about my plans for the future of the town, and she seemed really impressed! Working with Rosewood and some others, we've laid out the foundations of a few new houses.

21st Hematite, 222

The first house was completed today. Mistress Isolde is giving it to Rosewood. She did do most of the hard work, so that makes sense I guess.

26th Malachie, 222

This is not right... I'm writing this now from the floor of what, I guess, is to be my new home, but... this is not right. I should not have my own private room while Mistress Isolde is still sleeping in that first structure with everyone else. I tried to tell her as much, but she insisted. I should not argue with her, but I feel terrible about having this while she has less.

I wish I knew what I was supposed to do...

Silver and Tunda got new houses too, I wonder if they feel the same.

Silver Rush’s Journal, 5th Hematite, 222

Going to make this a short one, since I’m pretty worn out. I’ve been really busy lately flattening out the land so that the carpenters can finally start construction on individual houses.

11th Hematite, 222

I remember a week or so ago Tunda and I sung a bit of a chorus together, just for the fun of it. She has quite a beautiful singing voice. She’s been discussing the possibility with me lately of trying to organize some kind of duet during supper for the other residents’ entertainment. I’d definitely be up for something like that, and Ms. Hookbill approved as well. Too bad it’ll be fairly plain without any instruments, unless maybe one of the other residents happened to bring one of some kind? I should probably start concentrating more on getting one of my own. I’ve been considering it for quite a while now.

12th Hematite, 222

I know I’ve been really indecisive about what instrument I’ve wanted to learn how to play for years now, but I think I may have it figured out now. After perusing my copy of Musical Instruments of The Modern Era for the hundredth time, I think I’ve settled on the lute. There probably isn’t a lute for miles around, but perhaps Rosewood can craft one for me? I do admit feeling a bit selfish about that thought: she has so much work to do already and there isn’t enough of an economy here yet for my payment to mean all that much. I suppose she could just save up any coins I gave her and wait for it gain local value, but who knows how long that will take.

14th Hematite, 222

Tunda and I finally had the singing today. I think it went decently-well. I still think it's a bit dry without any music to go with it, but at least some of the guests seemed to enjoy it. This may definitely become a regular thing for us if we can improve on a few points. Maybe one of the other residents happens to have a musical instrument of some kind. I think I'll ask Ms. Hookbill if I can post a flyer or two asking about it. If so, our duo may become a trio!

15th Hematite, 222

I'm really confused tonight. I went to talk to Lattice Frame earlier in the day about making some clothes for Tunda and I. Things went in a strange direction. Not only did I find out that she was a victim of abuse, but she kissed me on the lips out of the blue! For no obvious reason! Maybe I'm just naive about such matters, but I thought such ponies would be very, very wary about intimacy of any kind. But what do I know?

On a more positive note, now that we’ve got the forge up and running, Shadytrails has become a producer of lead and silver. Those bars of pure metal are a thing of beauty.

21st Hematite, 222

The first house was completed today and Ms. Hookbill has decided to give it to Rosewood! I’m quite happy for her, finally getting some due payment for all of her hard work. I wonder if she would mind me hanging out there until my own house is completed?

22nd Hematite, 222

Today is my first birthday away from home. Even at 28 years in this world, I still feel like I’ve never grown up. I recall having mentioned it a few months ago to Rosewood, but I wasn’t expecting her to actually make something for me! That mare carved a little wooden figurine to look like the both of us together! This will definitely have a spot atop my bookcase...once I get one, that is. She’s starting to remind me of Candlebright back home, but without the wings or fangs, of course.

26th Hematite, 222

Now I have my own house as well! Right now it’s still very vanilla, but I’ll definitely start thinking about how I can turn it into a real home. I’m going to need to get a bookcase for sure. It seems a little on the small side, but maybe that’s just because I was raised in a household that had to accommodate five foals plus a mare and a stallion. It’s enough to suit my purposes, since I’ll likely spend most of my time outside anyway. It’ll be nice to have some privacy for a change, though friends are always welcome.

27th Hematite, 222

Wonderful news! Today I uncovered several new stone and mineral varieties! I hit marble and diorite, as well as discovering some clusters of schorl and sphalerite! The marble and diorite alone would make for a lovely construction material for Ms. Dreams to use, and the sphalerite can be smelted to give us zinc! Unfortunately, pure zinc only has a few niche applications and we don’t have the right kinds of metals to alloy it with to make it more useful. If I could find some chalcopyrite then we could smelt that for copper and make brass. Oh well. We’ll get there eventually. Right now I just can’t stop grinning! That schorl is going to make some lovely black gemstones!

28th Malachite, 222

Zircon! Cobaltite! Prase! My collection is expanding quite nicely due to all these discoveries! All of these rocks and minerals are nice, but they would be worth much more if they were carved into gemstones. Such gems could earn Shadytrails a handsome profit. Hopefully, we’ll get ourselves a lapidary or two in the future. I’d even take up the task myself if I had the proper tools and a skilled teacher. Guess I’ll have to wait.

Lattice’s Diary, 5th Hermatite, 222

The main structure of the bridge is more or less done, but there’s still the need to shore up the banks – can’t have it washing away when it rains. To my dismay, the pony assigned to do that was me. It wasn’t terrible working on building the bridge since I wasn’t working alone, but now it’s just me. It shouldn’t be surprising since I’m the only earth pony here without a real job to do. The others are all professional construction workers or farmers.

Lattice’s Diary, 6th Hermatite, 222

I'm blind. How could I be so stupid? I didn’t even notice what I wrote my apology on! It was the pages about Buckington too! At least he doesn’t hold it against me ~~like Lucky does.~~

...Does Lucky hold it against me? She hasn’t really said anything to me for a while.

Lattice’s Diary, 7th Hermatite, 222

~~We’re~~ I’m finished shoring up the banks, it looks like they’ll hold against any flash floods but I’m not sure… Hopefully we’ll be starting on housing soon, I’m not at all comfortable sleeping with the entire town.

Lattice’s Diary, 11th Hermatite, 222

A badger attacked today, and the guards dealt with it. It took a lot more effort to ~~kill~~~~pacify~~~~eliminate~~ put it down on the guards’ part than I would have expected.

It’s a little selfish of me, but I really hope I don’t have to clean it up.

Lattice’s Diary, 14th Hermatite, 222

The whole town got a treat today: Silver and Tunda put on a show earlier! It doesn’t hold a candle to the city performances, but I’d hardly expect anything of the sort here, ever. As it stands they aren’t a professional company.

Lattice’s Diary, 15th Hermatite, 222

Why can’t I control myself? I broke down again, this time in front of Silver! And the make matters worse, I kissed him! I don’t know why, either. It just happened!

Then, I fled! That makes it even worse, since now he might spread it around… I don’t want to be “That Mare”!

Lattice’s Diary, 16th Hermatite, 222

Ok, I apologized to Silver and it seems he doesn’t know what to make of it. It doesn’t look like he’s told anybody, either.

With that out of the way, we’re getting started on some houses! It sounded like the first party who set up the town gets priority, which makes sense. I don’t expect to enjoy working on homes for others while sleeping with the town in a communal room, though. It would be nice if we got another room to sleep in. I mean it has a log floor! LOGS!

I checked with telgin and it did indeed have a log floor. Don’t ask how that works, we’re not sure.

Lattice’s Diary, 21st Hermatite, 222

It’s been a little while, but something new finally happened: we finished the first house! It was given, fairly enough, to Rosewood. She did the most work in town’s construction, so it makes sense that she gets to use the fruits of her labor.

In other news, the militia commander resigned from his post yesterday. It looks like shooting star is going to be the candidate for replacing him, since Lucky and Fargo don’t get along.

Lattice’s Diary, 29th Hermatite, 222

All five houses we’ve set up have been completed, but Isolde insisted on sharing the communal room with us still instead of having her own house. They’ve been given to the remaining four members of the original expedition.

How has Isolde not noticed how the communal room needs a little upgrading from the hastily-built structure it is now.

I’m slowly falling into the groove of construction, and what my father taught me years ago is starting to come back. I’m glad it is, since without it I’d never get anything done.

Lattice’s Diary, 2nd Malachite, 222

Silver and Tunda had another show last night, so it looks like they’re doing them every two weeks or monthly, perhaps. I’ll have to be sure to make them a matching pair of outfits as a gift. I wonder when their birthdays are?

Lattice’s Diary, 17th Malachite, 222

We put in some stone walkways near the houses. It seems a little bit of a waste of effort, but it only took a day and it’s much more presentable than otherwise. I’m sure we’ll be glad when it rains.

I’d probably go insane if there were nothing there because of the OCD I possibly have.

Lattice’s Diary, 29th Malachite, 222

I wish we would do something about these living conditions. If this keeps up I’ll end up sleeping outside. You can only sleep with most of the town on a log floor for so long before it gets to you!

I mean we’re working on workshops, the hospital, a tavern, and a guard barracks, which could help with the crowdedness, but I REALLY hope the tavery doubles as an inn. Most of them are just plans or ideas at most.

Lattice’s Diary, 1st Galena, 222

It looks like the shows are monthly, since there was another one today. I hope the caravan comes soon so I can start on those gifts for Silver and Tunda. They really do perform so well together.

Lattice’s Diary, 8th Galena, 222

Right now I’m one of the ponies working on the Hospital foundation. It’s a little tedious considering the terrain we’re working with and how obscenely irregular it can be. It’s something we want to get done quickly, but we can’t rush it without somepony finding themselves needing it ... before we’re done. I suppose it’s not really my decision, though.

Entry #1

Note to Self: Whenever the damn griffon gets a calender, add dates

So we have arrived in this barren wasteland. Joy. To be quite honest, I've never liked being away from the pack. Always felt more vulnerable. Especially with at least one griffon who doesn't really like me. To be honest, I don't like him either. Regardless... I suppose if some poor bastard finds this, they'll need names eh?

Lucky Lands, Military Adviser to the Second Regiment's Officer. While I prefer myself to be quite good at military tactics, I was mainly consulted for matters of supply lines. The CO had at least three advisers going by the same title, so not like I was unique in that regard. Regardless, I hail from the City-State of Fruitholds... Or the Kingdom of Coupledye. Whatever. I prefer the former.

I am here on a mission from Coupledye to observe and protect. The noble bastards want to make sure nothing rivals the power of their kingdom, so of course they send expendable soldiers to do some spying. Joy. Makes me want to shove a blade through them. Could very well be killed should I end up crossing the boundaries of observation to outright spying.

Entry #2

Note to Self: Damn Griffon still hasn't put up a calender.

Well, well, well. I've met two of the ponies here. The bat and a fellow Unicorn. To be quite honest, I don't care about the bat's name. The unicorn however is named Patina Dreams. Strange, I know, however she's quite... Naive. She quite readily took an offer to load money without any questioning. ~~Quite fun when I broke her spirits for a moment.~~

~~Though my comment about the debts is still valid.~~

Note to self: Don't write in view of other ponies.

The bat seems to be a bit... Energetic. Could be he's in his natural habitat most of the time, but to be quite honest, I couldn't care less about if he was a bat or a ~~Lesser Born~~ Earth Pony, I still find his manners deplorable. Taking a swig of drink in front of a superior? If I could write out a sigh, I would. I like his politeness though. At least he ~~knows his place~~ knows his manners in that department*.

Along with this, the bat mentioned somebody by the name of... Jack Pine? The carpenter with the thing. Yeah. To be honest, I never associated with the carpenters. I preferred the tavern over the pub. However, if I end up finding he has something worthy of a little bit of ~~juicy information~~ gossip on the town ponies.

*Note to Self: Stop writing in view of other ponies. They get curious and peek.

Note to Self: After today's events, I suppose I shall be writing this when everypony is asleep and/or busy.

Journal Entry #5

~~Damn griffon and his damn lies and slander! He~~ stole ~~my position!~~

The rest of the page appears to be torn out.

Journal Entry #5

Note to self: Calender may or may not be scheduled. Haven't received a response.

It appears that ~~the griffon in charge~~ Isolde has decided to confer leadership of the militia onto Shooting Star. I suppose it is a good choice, however I disagree with her choice on the second in command. The damn griffon that made the past few months so stressful. Fargo, I believe he was called. To be quite honest, I don't care. He asked me to be honest about his past experience, and while I certainly could've said he was the best and just beg to kiss his flank, ~~like the pony he thinks I am~~ but I decided against it. I gave legitimate criticisms of his judgments and he filibustered his way out of owning up to them, preferring to bring attention to my shortcomings.

~~Sure, my comment wasn't the most helpful thing, but the damn griffon deserved a retort~~

I may or may not have made a comment which hurt my chances at getting a position altogether, however I do not believe it is all that important. The point being that I never got an appropriate position for my experience. Of course, ~~the asshole in charge sees answering to an employer is bad~~ Isolde assumed my loyalties to my Company and Coupledye -by extension- would hurt my ability to act as captain. I feel as if she is the one in poor judgement. While I may have more expertise in logistics and the related fields, that does not mean that I am unfit to handle myself in a fight. Of course, the ~~bastard~~ griffon keeps trying to slander my name and make me out to be a foal in a mare's body.

To be quite honest, I feel as if the griffon truly hates me. Yes, I act in a... Rude manner towards him, however most griffons I've met haven't been as... Hateful towards me when speaking. Maybe I'm overreacting. Only the gods may know of whether I am or not.

I suppose I should get to work. Fargo'll probably use this break as an excuse to get me kicked out of the damn guard.

~~Damn bird is always looking for an excuse to do something. If any other ponies from the grand state I lived in were here, we'd go tell him how we feel about that.~~

[39] ★ Isolde's Journal: 14th Galena, 222 to 1st Timber, 222

14th Galena, 222

To hopefully maintain high morale, I've decided to not spread ourselves quite so thin while working on construction projects. Building the guardhouse, hospital and tavern at the same time is pretty much beyond our ability to do in a timely manner, so I've chosen the tavern to focus on first. Having a new, more spacious place to eat should give everyone something to smile about. I'm sure Shortstack will appreciate having a decent place to cook too. Cooking over a campfire probably got old the third day we were out here.

In preparation of its completion, I drew up some quick plans with Patina's help for a cellar for food storage and set Silver Rush to work on it. It should provide gracious plenty space for what we have now with room for expansion.

Hmm, now that I think about it, we should probably start considering expanding and moving the fields closer to the tavern and to a better organized location. I'll mull that over and discuss it with Tunda the next time I see her.

26th Galena, 222

Well, the farmers are definitely busy now. First, I'll start off with the 'bad' news.

We almost lost the halfway built tavern to a fire this morning, if you can believe it. I suggested to Tunda that she could start clearing out space for a permanent set of fields behind the new tavern, and it seems that whoever she had helping her with that tried to clear it out with a controlled fire. That's fine in theory, but it got out of control and burnt a lot of and shrubbery that we didn't want burnt and it nearly caught the tavern itself!

See, what had happened was... I actually mistyped some things with DFHack's Tiletypes command while trying to clear out some annoying pebbles and crap so I could put the farms down and accidentally cleared all of that space. No real fires were involved, only imaginary ones.

Everything is under control now though and there's no smoldering left.

The better news is that she made sure to scrap that attempt and instead got some help with doing it the old fashioned way and has already made good progress. So long as everyone is okay and everything is in one piece I'm happy, but we have to be more careful out here.

Even better, is that a lot of the cherry and plum trees nearby have started dropping their fruit now that it's ripe, so we've all taken some time away from the excitement of the flames to get some fresh fruit for Shortstack to incorporate into our next few meals.

9th Limestone, 222

Fargo approached me this afternoon with some mixed news. First, the good news:

I rushed out to greet the newcomers as they rolled into our little proto-town, and I'm thankful they came by the partially assembled tavern and the houses. From out east and up on the hill it doesn't look like there's much to Shadytrails.

After showing them around briefly and explaining how things are going, I met with Lute, the pegasus mare who is over the caravan. She was happy to see that we're doing so well (singed grass aside), but I can tell she was hoping we'd have more to show her.

She was definitely hoping we'd have more to trade, and I take full responsibility for that shortcoming. Even with all of the trinkets that Rosewood managed to make in her spare time, plus the odd little stone carving and some smelted lead bars, we weren't able to afford to trade for much. I got some fine cloth and thread, plus a few fruits and plants we can't grow locally. It wasn't much, but at least it shows we're willing to work with them.

I've made it a point to prioritize industrial development as soon as it's possible, since it would be very embarrassing indeed to have a repeat of this next year.

The bad news is that Fargo is planning to leave when they do. I tried talking him out of it and offering as much as I could to sweeten the pot, as they say, but he wasn't having any of it. Life is just too safe for him to feel useful here, so he's moving on.

I don't like having even fewer guards, much less losing one of the better adjusted ones, but it's not my choice. He's not a formal contracted employee of the Prestigious Confederacy, so it's his right to leave when he pleases. I'll just have to suck it up and prioritize finding a replacement for him even sooner. I should probably start looking for one for Lucky immediately as well, since I sincerely doubt she's going to be here for the long haul eiher.

27th Limestone, 222

The caravan has been here and Lute tells me that they're going to stay for a little longer if we'll have them, since it's a long trek home and they're all very tired from the journey. I can hardly blame them, and welcomed them to use what facilities we had for as long as they stayed.

One of Lute's other promises was fulfilled this morning though, when a small group of newcomers rolled into town along the same path:

An earth pony stallion carpenter named Alpine Ash,

A zebra mare farmer named Yusra,

A unicorn stallion mason named Marble Tiles,

A unicorn mare glass worker and jeweler named Crystal Clear and her husband,

A unicorn stallion guard named Gleaming Shield

It seems we got a lot of useful people, and at the very least this time I was able to show them somewhere halfway decent to rest and eat. The tavern is still far from finished, but does have a serviceable dining area now, which can seat twice as many comfortably as we could before. By the time the tavern is done it should be able to seat three times again as many, but that is some months off still.

I'm debating on changing priorities again on construction, but I think I'll wait and defer that decision until after I've figured out how to put our newcomers to best use. If some of them can help contribute then we can get it done all the quicker.

If not the tavern itself, then the new fields out back definitely can use some new hooves and claws to tend them.

At least once we have these matters taken care of then we can focus on something other than just subsistence.

11th Sandstone, 222

I'm making the call now that work on the tavern has to be put on halt. It's taking too long and we have too many people without personal shelter. Right now it's complete enough that all of our food has been moved to the cellar and Shortstack can work indoors, but half of the first floor is still incomplete and we haven't begun on the second floor. So, today, I asked Rosewood and Patina, who have been heading up the construction work, to focus on getting Shortstack's room completed upstairs so we can get to work on other things. I think I'm going to focus on getting part of the hospital built next so Gunther has his own room and somewhere to work. Bless him, he's been tolerating the conditions far better than I could have hoped.

Related to that, Tunda at least has good news. She and her new helpers have planted for the autumn growing season already and she provided me with her current plans for our crop rotation.

Spring – Celery, strawberries, red beans, red spinach, leeks, rhubarbs

Summer – Longland grass, barley, rye, leeks, onions, celery

Autumn – Spelt, blueberries, millet, alfalfa, barley, onions

Winter – Fallow

I'm eager to expand our options some, but that's a respectable variety and I'm certain that having a few more flavors to cook with will improve both Shortstack's and everyone else's morale a bit.

Of course, there's no need to leave the farms fallow in winter because this is DF, but I'm doing it for realism's sake.

11th Sandstone, 222

I have some even better news today! It seems that Fargo wasn't so keen to leave us behind after all. When the caravan departed he left them to rejoin us!

I'm very happy to have him still with us. A sensible griffon among the guard is going to go a long way, and he's been a dedicated and enjoyable citizen of the town so far. I'm willing to forget the entire episode if he is, and I hope that he won't reconsider his reconsideration...

12th Sandstone, 222

Something very alarming has happened today.

Shooting Star came bursting into my office to tell me that Fargo had lost his mind! I flew after her to see what she was trying to communicate, but I have to admit that when I got to the craftshop he'd commandeered I still had no idea.

He's just standing there, picking through the scraps of wood lying around and muttering something about 'Violetsmoke'. Nobody knows what's wrong and he won't talk to anyone! Not even Gunther knows what to make of it!

I'm currently at a loss for words. Right now we're taking turns just... watching him to make sure he's okay.

18th Sandstone, 222

Much to everyone's relief, Fargo snapped out of his strange daze this morning during breakfast. For whatever reason, he was working on what appeared to be a crown of all things.

He doesn't seem to have any idea why he made it or even how, since he has no real skill as a carpenter of any sort. Regardless, it's nothing short of beautiful, and if it was made of gold it would be the envy of any king.

For now I simply don't know what to do about it. He made it, and while it was done on company time and with a company workshop he's not employed for that so I can't just keep it or sell it. I told him to do with it as he pleases, which he unsurprisingly didn't have any plans for.

Until he figures that out I've asked Gunther to take a look at him to make sure he's well, and to return to duty only if he feels fit for it.

I don't know what to do about this. I really don't. The caravan left and took my letter home with them already, so I can't ask for help if it could even get here in time to be useful.

There's little we can do about it... so... unless it happens again to someone else... we can't do a whole lot but hope it, well, doesn't happen again.

1st Timber, 222

At long last, Shortstack's room is ready to move into. With that done and enough space in the tavern to let everyone eat at their leisure, I'm calling off further construction for now. We're moving on to new housing again as well as the hospital. That will be followed by the guard house...

I've been feeling a bit down lately, knowing how far behind we're getting. Even with the new help we haven't produced anything of value in months, and still have a great many people without proper shelter. Myself included...

I know it will be fixed in time, but that time can't come soon enough.

I tried drawing up a map of the entire town to put it all back into perspective, and maybe that's what has me feeling like we've accomplished so little.

This doesn't include the mine, just the top two levels out on the surface. As you can see, there is a haphazard smattering of workshops on the hill, and down below is the partially completed tavern and housing blocks.

Then again, maybe I shouldn't be so hard on myself since we did come out and put all this up in less than a year.

Nevertheless, we absolutely must go back to working on producing things to trade. I know that we'll have more merchants showing up soon, since word will have gotten out that we're here by now. It would be very embarrassing to have nothing to show.

Author's Note

Entry as found on bay12.
Ok, longest section (by far) done despite delays.

[1] ★ Welcome to Shadytrails!

Author's Note

As I've said, you can join in on the thread here, and before you start you should read this for some background and other information.

All character portraits are drawn by Kryptid unless noted otherwise.

Significance of text color:
Green represents the OOC notes in an in-character post, such as an explanation that game mechanics glitched or a clarification. They may or may not appear in this story even though they're in the forum posts.
Blue is for other content that can't be expressed via words, and usually in a journal entry. Purple will be used for any notes I felt prudent to add as an assembler, which would be distinct from any green messages left in my RPs, as it has a different purpose.

If anybody notices an image which has broken since a section posted, or cyan/light green text left unconverted to blue or green, please say something!

You are, of course, welcome to comment or pm with any questions (please read the blogs first, though).
Feedback is welcome (and appreciated)!

[1] ★ Welcome to Shadytrails!

Welcome to Shadytrails

As I promised a few weeks ago, here's a new community fort for those who were itching for another My Little Pony: Friendship is Magic fort. Set in the same universe as my previous two games, it would be helpful if you're familiar with them already. If you're not and have a lot of time to kill, have a look at Dawnpick and Duskfields. Unfortunately, Dawnpick has suffered over the years and has had a lot of the early images rot and some of the posts have been vandalized for unknown reasons, so you can check out Paaaad's very nice edit of it on FiMFiction: Dawnpick. It's nowhere near done, but I greatly appreciate the huge effort already put into it.

If you're not familiar with either Dawnpick or Duskfields, that's okay too. This game takes place in the same world, but 30 years prior to the events of Dawnpick. Some of the same characters may exist, somewhere, but this is a story completely unrelated to Virtue and her family. The important thing to take away from it is that this is a fort based on My Little Pony, but the canon is very different from what is in the cartoon.

This is not a succession fort, despite the fact that it's a successor to my previous fort. Don't be confused, it's just a community fort.

The Story Begins

Thirty years before the events of Dawnpick, the world is in a relatively peaceful, if fragmented state. The ponies, griffons, zebras, diamond dogs and others live in relative isolation, trying to stay out of each others' ways. There are the few merchant guilds that span the gaps between their lands, but most find the work hard, unforgiving, and oftentimes not profitable enough to extend their reach deep into the various kingdoms.

To remedy this problem, many are seeking to set up permanent trade routes and trading posts to supply them. The Prestigious Confederacy is one such group: a large merchant organization staffed by a wide variety of creatures from many lands and seeking to bring them together in the name of economics. They have chosen several key sites, chosen the most eager of their bright eyed and bushy tailed upcoming officers, hired the needed help, and sent them on their merry way to fortune or ruin.

This is the story of Isolde Hookbill, a young adult griffoness, and her team, set out on the road to found Shadytrails. Deep in the south, it's near enough to several old trade routes and rivers large enough to handle shipping, so it seems to be a promising site.

Will she bring fame and fortune to her employers, or will disaster strike first?

So cold. Hopefully this wasn't a mistake!

Expedition Team

Here's the expedition team. Click on any avatar to get a full sized image. Note that most of these characters are already taken, so if you're looking to join, check the next post!

- Isolde Hookbill - She's the expedition leader

- Silver Rush - A batpony (treated as a Pegasus in game) and the team's miner

- Jack Pine - The team's woodcutter

- Shooting Star - A soldier specializing in archery

- Tunda - The team's farmer

- Patina Dreams - The team's mason and metal crafter

- Rosewood - The team's carpenter

- Gunther - The team's doctor

- Kiume - The militia commander and swordszebra

- Shortstack - The team's cook and brewer

Isolde's Diary, 15th Granite, 222

Today, we came to the join of two small rivers and decided to call the traveling to a stop. There's snow as far as the eye can see, so I don't see much point in trying to go much further. According to the map, we should be where we were headed anyway, or close enough.

Someone higher up in management wrote the word 'Clusterbuck' on my map, which I'm hoping was a mistake. I'm going to say it was, anyway. I got everyone together last night and had a little vote on what to really call the place, and the name that came out of the discussion was 'Shadytrails.' Shortstack's idea I think? Anyway, I like it. It's sure better than 'Clusterbuck' anyway.

Right now 'Snowytrails' would be a more appropriate name, but I'm sure it'll start warming up soon enough and all of that will be gone. Last year had a particularly hard winter, so I'm not too worried about the snow still being around. In truth, this is a good thing, since it means that any merchants traveling nearby will want to come here to resupply and rest. That should be good for business, both ways, since they'll be able to travel further and should have much better morale with a hot meal and warm place to sleep.

But I'm getting ahead of myself. This is probably literally the hardest moment in this whole expedition: getting started now that we're here. There's nothing but work to do, and even though there's ten of us able to pitch in, it's going to be a while before we have anything remotely like an outpost here.

For now, it's time to get the wagon unloaded, get something warm cooking, and get some shelter set up. Everyone's pretty tired, so we can start working hard tomorrow. Until then, we can all relax a bit and be happy that we made it out here without any incidents.

Regarding the map symbols; "p", "z", and "g" represent the resident Griffins, Ponies, and Zebra. The up and down triangles represent access to a higher or lower terrain (right now, they're on the fort's "upper" level -- the brook is running down the left side of the screen while the lower level is on the right. The "0"s are tree-trunks, and those seen above the upper region are the upper parts of trees. The white represents the snow, obviously; it'l be replaced by a smattering of small, green punctuation marks when it thaws. Some features, like the arrows and the yet-unseen "floors" or walls are colored basedon their material.

[7] Journals: 16th Granite 222 to 8th Slate 222

Author's Note

Since not a lot has happened and there're few characters, I opted to consolidate all the journal entries over the time frame into one chapter. Journals will usually be posted individually or in batches, as appropriate.

[7] Journals: 16th Granite 222 to 8th Slate 222

16th Granite

The past few days I've been looking through our seed stocks, and trying to see which I might be able to grow. It's not unheard of, to plant seeds in snow. But the ones Miss Isolde have brought along aren't the sort to enjoy the time of year when the ground freezes and chilly winds blow.

I'm not so worried about our food, though I won't begrudge our leader if she is, as her dedication demands. The sun will come out soon and the weather will warm, I'm sure. For now I'll plant the alfalfa and millet when I can, and look for any plants around I can find. Living off the land comes natural to our kind.

24th Granite

Ah, a well-tended farm plot is a thing of beauty. Every row has its seeds, and soon all the ponies and griffons will see strong seedlings bursting up from the soil. Spring will be a thing to see!

8th Slate

I'll write a simple poem today,

because there isn't much to say.

The weather is kind to my humble stead.

And soon I'll have a place to lay my head.

I need to get out of the field, it seems. Maybe if I go see if anyone is in the new lodge, I'd find some inspiration. I'm sure it'd brighten the day of whoever I find, as I know it would mine. Miss Isolde seems to spend much of her time there, as well as the doctor. Perhaps if I'm especially blessed today, I'll run into Silver Rush. I never did get to ask him about his story.

Now, to find where I stashed my loveliest shawl.

Silver Rush's Journal, 5th Slate, 222

I'm a little concerned about my interactions with Mr. Pine. He seems to actively avoid me on most occasions and rarely makes eye contact when we do manage to exchange a few words. He's not actually causing problems for me, he's just being cold. Have I done something to offend him? I can't really think of anything off the top of my head that could be the cause. At least things seem to be going more smoothly between the others and myself. Tunda and Rosewood in particular have become good friends of mine. Ms. Dreams was a bit on the shy side at first, but I think she's warmed up to me pretty well too.

Silver Rush's Journal, 6th Slate, 222

Seems like a lot of our needs are staked on getting raw materials like stone and metal. That rests on my shoulders at the moment, but my labors just aren't yielding any fruit. I'm not particularly concerned yet, however. I know there must be some of the good stuff buried down deeper. I'll just have to work harder to reach it, but it's nothing I can't manage! Despite the setbacks, there's something of an element of excitement to all of this. It's like a roll of the dice each day, not knowing what you're going to find. Is there some feldspar lurking down there? Or maybe some smokey quartz? Or, dare I even imagine, watermelon tourmaline? Sometimes it's hard to get to sleep thinking about it all.

On another note, I can't wait until the farm gets up and running full steam. I can deal with what we've had just fine, but it would be a special treat to have some newly-harvested fruit together with some freshly-baked bread. Oranges in particular. Yeah.

18th Granite, 222

Good news is, Mister Jack Pine and the others got some spaces set aside for ponies to work. Lots of tables, and places to stick away our tools. Nothing really for me to work with though. No metal, no stone. I could try carving some wooden stuff... it can't be that different from rock, but probably best to leave that to Miss Rosewood. She knows what she's doing with that.

Bad news though... Mistress Isolde wants me to design and build a sawmill. God, I don't even know where to begin. Fortunately, for me, we don't have any materials with which to build it yet, so hopefully by the time we do, I'll know what I need to do.

I have to try though. This is why I'm here right? Well the reason they let me be here at least. I just need to think. Jack Pine and Rosewood have probably seen those things up close before, maybe I should ask them how they are usually set up. That might help me figure out how to start.

[On the next several pages are many doodles, many crossed out or rejected. They all seem to be of sawmill workings. Some of the pages are stained with something that looks like droplets of soup as if a clumsy mare was eating while working.]

1st Slate, 222

Been working hard with Rosewood, getting us a log cabin put together. I can't help but feel that I'd be more able to help if we had that sawmill though, planks would be so much easier to work with. Those logs are so heavy, it takes multiple ponies to get them into place. Still... we've got something now. A warmer place to sleep at least. The draft is still there, but with that many ~~ponies~~ bodies in one room, it stays warm enough. Still I need more blankets though, can't wait for merchants to arrive, I'd spend my last gold bit for any scrap of warm cloth.

8th Slate, 222

The ground here is very sandy, and below that is a layer of clay. I think the sand is a type that's good for making glass, and I know that the clay could be used for pottery, but glassblowing and pottery are not arts I'm really familiar with, though I understand the basics. But I don't know what I could make the furnace out of. Both disciplines require a really hot, and contained fire, not like the one Miss Shortstack does her cooking over. I need something that won't burn to make the kiln. If only I had some stone. I don't think we have anything that will work... but I'll look over our stocks and see.

*As always her diary is written in a foreign language, likely only known by her, to those present.*

Shooting Star's Field Diary, 16th Granite, 222

We arrived at what was agreed upon to be called 'Shadytrails' yesterday, although I think 'Snowytrails' would fit better with how much snow and how awfully cold it is out here!

Lady Isolde have ordered trees to be cut right away, which I approve of greatly. Not only that it'll give us the much-needed firewood, it'll also leave nothing but snow and snow for anything that might be sneaking up on us!

It certainly will make my look-out work much easier. Although I doubt there's anything crazy enough to be wandering out here in the snow and not freeze to death.

But then again we're also out here, in the snow. Sometimes I wonder if we're crazy to have stopped here. .

Speaking of crazy, I swear that our doctor's been eyeing me occasionally. But most noticeably at Shortstack, and I'm not sure what to make of that.. He's got that hungry look you know? and not the kind of ones I think I like. I'm going to find somepony to sleep with.

Shooting Star's Field Diary, 18th Granite, 222

I've never seen a lumberjack work up-close before, and I must say that it's quite mesmerizing. Never seen a pony fall a tree so fast before! It's something else I tell you.

In other news, the snow's starting to melt! And I'm glad that hopefully things will not be as cold. Yesterday's been quiet and there wasn't much for anypony to do so I took the chance to talk and get to know some of our crew more, I guess we just didn't talk so much while we were travelling here. I think Patina would make a great sleeping partner, she wouldn't stick a knife in my throat that's for sure! And since she's been complaining about the cold, I think I'll teach her a thing or two that I learned about sharing body warmth.

Also, did I mention that I absolutely appreciate that we have a chef with us? Because I do. Things have been cold, boring, miserable and stressful already. Having a warm and well-prepared meal really makes a difference, you know?

Shooting Star's Field Diary, 19th Granite, 222

They've got a carpentry worktable up yesterday, and made us a couple of weapons rack to designate where our training area is! Lady Isolde is quite generous. I'd had hope that we would have a bed or two instead, sleeping on the ground's been getting really old lately. But It's good to know that she's not ignoring the military aspect of our crew.

Speaking of, the training field isn't much to look at, really. And there isn't anything that I can get a real training on, The militia commander, Kiume, at least can practice his sword swings. You know, when I first signed up I thought I'd be the militia commander, I probably would too if he isn't here. But I'm glad he's here anyway. He may look old, and scary, and is a zebra, but from the looks of it, he seems to know his way with the sword. And if something nasty shows up, I'd really like to have something or someone inbetween me and the nasty while I'm reloading my crossbow.

I think I'll talk to him about sparring, I don't think I'll be whacking my crossbow with his sword any time soon, though. That'd be stupid!

Shooting Star's Field Diary, 24th Granite, 222

Most of the snow melted today, it's great. Tunda's got a bunch of stuff planted and I can't wait until our food stockpile are brimmed with food! I swear I've been hungrier lately, not sure why. Maybe it's all this supplies we've been eating. . I kind of miss real food, you know?

At least the local herbs that our Doctor gather and Shortstack cooking those food made things a lot more bearable.

I probably should apologize too about implying that her food's not real food, because they are. And they're delicious.

I wonder if we can get wheat growing too, strawberry cakes sounds like a great thing to have. I want my cake to be strawberry cake on my birthday. And a new crossbow, the one that's frost-resistant.

Shooting Star's Field Diary, 1st Slate, 222

We've got the frame of our first structure outside of civilization finally! It really makes the fire a lot warmer. Sometimes I just want to pass my exercise and curl up into a ball and just sleep near the fire all day . . . But that'd be lazy, and the others need their ever-vigilant ranger to keep her eyes out for danger.

Shooting Star's Field Diary, 8th Slate, 222

So I've finally got my questions about why we don't seems to have any rocks to work with yet answered. I talked with Silver Rush some while he was passing by today and he told me that the ground's too damp and is filled with clay or something, I'm not really an expert on dirt and rocks, but if he says there's no rocks then I suppose there's no rocks. A shame, really. I would've really liked to see Patina work with rocks, she said she works with rocks really good.

~~I want to make her work with rocks sometimes . . .~~

Date: 18th of Granite

Scarfie was watching me work all day. Just, staring with leerish eyes all. Day. Long. I guess I’d normally find such a thing flattering, if not for the underslung crossbow sagging beneath her barrel. For such an indecipherable reason, such thing suddenly becomes unnerving. I wonder why that could possibly be . . .

Helped Rosewood cut forty logs into planks. By hoof. A sawmill would be greatly appreciated. Nobody had the forethought to bring a pair of gears from home though I guess. No big problem, let everyone take their fine time an pace.”

Date: 19th of Granite

Shortstack makes some damn good pancakes.

Date: 21nd of Granite

Well, the month is coming to a close, but even with all the generous help from Rosewood, it looks like I’m not going to hit the quotas needed for us to live in shelter some time this year. I’ve heard that in situation like this, colonies could slum it out in chipped out caves for at least a while. with the latest news from bats, that don’t sound like an option either.

I could cut even more trees down all day if I mark them in the night, at least for the next ten days I suppose ... It’s the only way I’m seeing getting enough lumber for Rosewood’s ‘little shopping list’ here .... Honestly what does she have planned for ‘a gigantic wooden corkscrew’ anyway?

Maybe I don’t want to know ....